Stale breakpoint instructions, spurious SIGTRAPS.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include <string.h>
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "ax-gdb.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71
72 #include "format.h"
73
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
77
78 /* readline defines this. */
79 #undef savestring
80
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
83
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
86 {
87 EX_EVENT_THROW,
88 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
123 int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
126
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
129
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
135
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
139
140 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
141 enum bptype,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
144 const struct symtab_and_line *);
145
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 static. */
148 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
149 struct symtab_and_line,
150 enum bptype,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
152
153 static struct breakpoint *
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
155 enum bptype type,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
157
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
159
160 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
161 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
162 enum bptype bptype);
163
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
165 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
166 struct obj_section *, int);
167
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
169 struct bp_location *loc2);
170
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
172 struct address_space *aspace,
173 CORE_ADDR addr);
174
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
181
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
189
190 typedef enum
191 {
192 mark_inserted,
193 mark_uninserted
194 }
195 insertion_state_t;
196
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199
200 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
201
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
209
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
211 enum bptype type,
212 int *other_type_used);
213
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
219 int count);
220
221 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
222
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
230
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
234
235 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
236
237 static void update_global_location_list (int);
238
239 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
240
241 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
242
243 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
244
245 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
246
247 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
248
249 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
250
251 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
252
253 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
254
255 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
256
257 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
258
259 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
262
263 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
264 otherwise. */
265
266 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
267
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
269 from. */
270 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
271
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
276
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
279
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
282
283 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
287 breakpoints. */
288 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
294 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
297 stepping. */
298
299 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
300 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
301
302 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
303 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
304 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
305 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
306 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
307 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
308
309 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
310 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
311 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
312 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
313 dprintf_style_gdb,
314 dprintf_style_call,
315 dprintf_style_agent,
316 NULL
317 };
318 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
319
320 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
321 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
322 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
323 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
324
325 static char *dprintf_function = "";
326
327 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
328 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
329 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
330 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
331 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
332 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
333 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
334
335 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
336
337 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
338 has disconnected. */
339 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
340
341 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
342 breakpoints share a single command list. */
343 struct counted_command_line
344 {
345 /* The reference count. */
346 int refc;
347
348 /* The command list. */
349 struct command_line *commands;
350 };
351
352 struct command_line *
353 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
354 {
355 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
356 }
357
358 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
359 current breakpoint. */
360
361 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
362
363 const char *
364 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
365 {
366 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
367 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
368 a breakpoint. */
369 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
370
371 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
372 }
373
374 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
375 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
376 if such is available. */
377 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
378
379 static void
380 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
381 struct cmd_list_element *c,
382 const char *value)
383 {
384 fprintf_filtered (file,
385 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
386 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
387 value);
388 }
389
390 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
391 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
392 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
394 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
395 static void
396 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
397 struct cmd_list_element *c,
398 const char *value)
399 {
400 fprintf_filtered (file,
401 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
402 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
403 value);
404 }
405
406 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
407 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
408 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
409 use hardware breakpoints. */
410 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
411 static void
412 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
413 struct cmd_list_element *c,
414 const char *value)
415 {
416 fprintf_filtered (file,
417 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
418 value);
419 }
420
421 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
422 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
423 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
424 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
425 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
426
427 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
428
429 static void
430 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
431 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
432 {
433 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
434 fprintf_filtered (file,
435 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
436 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
437 value,
438 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
439 else
440 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
441 value);
442 }
443
444 int
445 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
446 {
447 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
448 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
449 }
450
451 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
452
453 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
454 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
455 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
456 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
457 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
458 condition_evaluation_auto,
459 condition_evaluation_host,
460 condition_evaluation_target,
461 NULL
462 };
463
464 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
465 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
466
467 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
468 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
470
471 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
472 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
473 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
474 evaluation mode. */
475
476 static const char *
477 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
478 {
479 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
480 {
481 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
482 return condition_evaluation_target;
483 else
484 return condition_evaluation_host;
485 }
486 else
487 return mode;
488 }
489
490 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
491
492 static const char *
493 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
494 {
495 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
496 }
497
498 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
499 otherwise. */
500
501 static int
502 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
503 {
504 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
505
506 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
507 }
508
509 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
510
511 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
512 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
513
514 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
515 static int overlay_events_enabled;
516
517 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
518 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
519
520 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
522 current breakpoint. */
523
524 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
525
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
527 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
528 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
529 B = TMP)
530
531 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
532 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
533 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
534
535 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
536 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
537 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
538 BP_TMP++)
539
540 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
541 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
542 to where the loop should start from.
543 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
544 appropriate location to start with. */
545
546 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
547 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
548 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
549 BP_LOCP_START \
550 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
551 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
553
554 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
555
556 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
557 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
558 if (is_tracepoint (B))
559
560 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
561
562 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
563
564 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
565
566 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
567
568 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
569
570 static unsigned bp_location_count;
571
572 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
573 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
574 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
575 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
576 an address you need to read. */
577
578 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
579
580 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
581 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
582 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
583 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
584 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
585
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
587
588 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
589 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
590 by a target. */
591 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
592
593 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
594
595 static int breakpoint_count;
596
597 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
598 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
599 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
600 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
601 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
602
603 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
604
605 static int tracepoint_count;
606
607 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
608 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
609 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
610
611 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
612 static int
613 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
614 {
615 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
616 }
617
618 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
619
620 static void
621 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
622 {
623 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
624 breakpoint_count = num;
625 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
626 }
627
628 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
629 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
630 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
631
632 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
633 breakpoint made. */
634
635 void
636 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
637 {
638 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
639 }
640
641 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
642 breakpoint made. */
643
644 void
645 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 {
647 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
648 }
649
650 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
651
652 void
653 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
654 {
655 struct breakpoint *b;
656
657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
658 b->hit_count = 0;
659 }
660
661 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
662 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
663
664 static struct counted_command_line *
665 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
666 {
667 struct counted_command_line *result
668 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
669
670 result->refc = 1;
671 result->commands = commands;
672 return result;
673 }
674
675 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
676
677 static void
678 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
679 {
680 if (cmd)
681 ++cmd->refc;
682 }
683
684 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
685 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
686 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
687
688 static void
689 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
690 {
691 if (*cmdp)
692 {
693 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
694 {
695 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
696 xfree (*cmdp);
697 }
698 *cmdp = NULL;
699 }
700 }
701
702 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
703
704 static void
705 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
706 {
707 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
708 }
709
710 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
711 argument. */
712
713 static struct cleanup *
714 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
715 {
716 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
717 }
718
719 \f
720 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
721 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
722
723 struct breakpoint *
724 get_breakpoint (int num)
725 {
726 struct breakpoint *b;
727
728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
729 if (b->number == num)
730 return b;
731
732 return NULL;
733 }
734
735 \f
736
737 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
738 evaluating conditions on its side. */
739
740 static void
741 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
742 {
743 struct bp_location *loc;
744
745 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
746 evaluating conditions and if the user has
747 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
748 side. */
749 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
750 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
751 return;
752
753 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
754 return;
755
756 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
757 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
758 }
759
760 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
761 evaluating conditions on its side. */
762
763 static void
764 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
765 {
766 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
767 evaluating conditions and if the user has
768 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
769 side. */
770 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
771 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
772
773 return;
774
775 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
776 return;
777
778 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
779 }
780
781 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
782 condition_evaluation_mode. */
783
784 static void
785 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
786 struct cmd_list_element *c)
787 {
788 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
789
790 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
791 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
792 {
793 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
794 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
795 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
796 return;
797 }
798
799 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
800 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
801
802 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
803 settings was "auto". */
804 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
805
806 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
807 if (new_mode != old_mode)
808 {
809 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
810 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
811 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
812
813 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
814 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
815 */
816
817 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
818 {
819 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
820 target. */
821 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
822 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
823 }
824 else
825 {
826 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
827 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
828 target knows about. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
831 loc->needs_update = 1;
832 }
833
834 /* Do the update. */
835 update_global_location_list (1);
836 }
837
838 return;
839 }
840
841 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
842 what "auto" is translating to. */
843
844 static void
845 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
846 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
847 {
848 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
849 fprintf_filtered (file,
850 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
851 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
852 value,
853 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
854 else
855 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
856 value);
857 }
858
859 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
860 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
861 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
862
863 static int
864 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
865 {
866 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
867 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
868
869 if (a->address == b->address)
870 return 0;
871 else
872 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
873 }
874
875 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
876 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
877 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
878 return NULL. */
879
880 static struct bp_location **
881 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
882 {
883 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
884 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
885 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
886
887 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
888 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
889 dummy_loc.address = address;
890
891 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
892 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
893 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
894 bp_location_compare_addrs);
895
896 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
897 if (locp_found == NULL)
898 return NULL;
899
900 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
901 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
902 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
903 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
904 locp_found--;
905
906 return locp_found;
907 }
908
909 void
910 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
911 int from_tty)
912 {
913 xfree (b->cond_string);
914 b->cond_string = NULL;
915
916 if (is_watchpoint (b))
917 {
918 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
919
920 xfree (w->cond_exp);
921 w->cond_exp = NULL;
922 }
923 else
924 {
925 struct bp_location *loc;
926
927 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
928 {
929 xfree (loc->cond);
930 loc->cond = NULL;
931
932 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
933 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
934 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
935 }
936 }
937
938 if (*exp == 0)
939 {
940 if (from_tty)
941 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
942 }
943 else
944 {
945 const char *arg = exp;
946
947 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
948 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
949 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
950 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
951
952 if (is_watchpoint (b))
953 {
954 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
955
956 innermost_block = NULL;
957 arg = exp;
958 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
959 if (*arg)
960 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
961 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
962 }
963 else
964 {
965 struct bp_location *loc;
966
967 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
968 {
969 arg = exp;
970 loc->cond =
971 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
972 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
973 if (*arg)
974 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
975 }
976 }
977 }
978 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
979
980 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
981 }
982
983 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
984
985 static VEC (char_ptr) *
986 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
987 const char *text, const char *word)
988 {
989 const char *space;
990
991 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
992 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
993 if (*space == '\0')
994 {
995 int len;
996 struct breakpoint *b;
997 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
998
999 if (text[0] == '$')
1000 {
1001 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1002 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1003 return NULL;
1004 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1005 }
1006
1007 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1008 len = strlen (text);
1009
1010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1011 {
1012 char number[50];
1013
1014 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1015
1016 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1017 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1018 }
1019
1020 return result;
1021 }
1022
1023 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1024 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1025 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1026 }
1027
1028 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1029
1030 static void
1031 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1032 {
1033 struct breakpoint *b;
1034 char *p;
1035 int bnum;
1036
1037 if (arg == 0)
1038 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1039
1040 p = arg;
1041 bnum = get_number (&p);
1042 if (bnum == 0)
1043 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1044
1045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1046 if (b->number == bnum)
1047 {
1048 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1049 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1050 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1051 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1052 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1053
1054 if (extlang != NULL)
1055 {
1056 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1057 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1058 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1059 }
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1061
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1064
1065 return;
1066 }
1067
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1069 }
1070
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1074
1075 static void
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1077 {
1078 struct command_line *c;
1079
1080 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1081 {
1082 int i;
1083
1084 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087
1088 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1090
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096
1097 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1099 }
1100 }
1101
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1103
1104 static int
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1106 {
1107 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1110 }
1111
1112 int
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1114 {
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1116 }
1117
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1120 found. */
1121
1122 static void
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1124 struct command_line *commands)
1125 {
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1127 {
1128 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1129 struct command_line *c;
1130 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1131
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1134 ones might not. */
1135 t->step_count = 0;
1136
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1148 {
1149 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1150 {
1151 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1157
1158 if (while_stepping)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1161 else
1162 while_stepping = c;
1163 }
1164
1165 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1166 }
1167 if (while_stepping)
1168 {
1169 struct command_line *c2;
1170
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1172 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1173 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 {
1175 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1177 }
1178 }
1179 }
1180 else
1181 {
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1188
1189 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 {
1192 struct breakpoint *b;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1194 struct bp_location *loc;
1195
1196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1197 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 {
1199 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1200 if (loc->address == addr)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1202 }
1203
1204 return found;
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1209
1210 void
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1212 struct command_line *commands)
1213 {
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1217 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1219 }
1220
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1223 commands. */
1224
1225 void
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1227 {
1228 int old_silent = b->silent;
1229
1230 b->silent = silent;
1231 if (old_silent != silent)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1233 }
1234
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237
1238 void
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1240 {
1241 int old_thread = b->thread;
1242
1243 b->thread = thread;
1244 if (old_thread != thread)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250
1251 void
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1253 {
1254 int old_task = b->task;
1255
1256 b->task = task;
1257 if (old_task != task)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 void
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1263 {
1264 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1265
1266 validate_actionline (line, b);
1267 }
1268
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271
1272 struct commands_info
1273 {
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 int from_tty;
1276
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 char *arg;
1279
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line *control;
1283
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 yet been read. */
1286 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1287 };
1288
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1291
1292 static void
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1294 {
1295 struct commands_info *info = data;
1296
1297 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1298 {
1299 struct command_line *l;
1300
1301 if (info->control != NULL)
1302 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1303 else
1304 {
1305 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1306 char *str;
1307
1308 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1310 info->arg);
1311
1312 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1313
1314 l = read_command_lines (str,
1315 info->from_tty, 1,
1316 (is_tracepoint (b)
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1318 b);
1319
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1321 }
1322
1323 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1324 }
1325
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 do anything. */
1328 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1329 {
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1333 b->commands = info->cmd;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1335 }
1336 }
1337
1338 static void
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1340 struct command_line *control)
1341 {
1342 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1343 struct commands_info info;
1344
1345 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1346 info.control = control;
1347 info.cmd = NULL;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1351
1352 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1353 {
1354 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1355 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1356 breakpoint_count);
1357 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1358 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1359 else
1360 {
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1364 arg = NULL;
1365 }
1366 }
1367 else
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 our argument. */
1370 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1371
1372 if (arg != NULL)
1373 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1374
1375 info.arg = arg;
1376
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1378
1379 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1383 }
1384
1385 static void
1386 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1387 {
1388 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1389 }
1390
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1398 {
1399 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1400 return simple_control;
1401 }
1402
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1404
1405 static int
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1407 {
1408 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1409 return 0;
1410 if (!bl->inserted)
1411 return 0;
1412 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1414 return 0;
1415 return 1;
1416 }
1417
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1419 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1420 contents.
1421
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1424 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1425
1426 static void
1427 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1428 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1429 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1430 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1431 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1432 {
1433 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1434 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1435 int bp_size = 0;
1436 int bptoffset = 0;
1437
1438 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1439 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1440 {
1441 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1442 return;
1443 }
1444
1445 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1446 we need to copy. */
1447 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1448 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1449
1450 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1451 {
1452 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1453 reading. */
1454 return;
1455 }
1456
1457 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1458 {
1459 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1460 reading. */
1461 return;
1462 }
1463
1464 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1465 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1466 {
1467 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1468 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1469 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1470 bp_addr = memaddr;
1471 }
1472
1473 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1474 {
1475 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1476 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1477 }
1478
1479 if (readbuf != NULL)
1480 {
1481 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1482 shadow_contents buffer. */
1483 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1484 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1485 + target_info->shadow_len));
1486
1487 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1488 shadow. */
1489 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1490 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1491 }
1492 else
1493 {
1494 const unsigned char *bp;
1495 CORE_ADDR placed_address = target_info->placed_address;
1496 int placed_size = target_info->placed_size;
1497
1498 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1499 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1500 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1501
1502 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1503 address. */
1504 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1505
1506 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1507 breakpoint's INSN. */
1508 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1509 }
1510 }
1511
1512 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1513 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1514
1515 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1516 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1517 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1518
1519 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1520 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1521 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1522 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1523 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1524 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1525 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1526 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1527 and:
1528 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1529
1530 void
1531 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1532 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1533 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1534 {
1535 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1536 search. */
1537 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1538 size_t i;
1539
1540 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1541 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1542 report higher one. */
1543
1544 bc_l = 0;
1545 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1546 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1547 {
1548 struct bp_location *bl;
1549
1550 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1551 bl = bp_location[bc];
1552
1553 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1554 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1555 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1556 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1557
1558 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1559 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1560 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1561
1562 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1563 >= bl->address)
1564 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1565 <= memaddr))
1566 bc_l = bc;
1567 else
1568 bc_r = bc;
1569 }
1570
1571 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1572 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1573 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1574 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1575 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1576 B:
1577
1578 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1579
1580 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1581 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1582 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1583 and L2. */
1584 while (bc_l > 0
1585 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1586 bc_l--;
1587
1588 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1589
1590 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1591 {
1592 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1593 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1594 int bp_size = 0;
1595 int bptoffset = 0;
1596
1597 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1598 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1599 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1600 bl->owner->number);
1601
1602 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1603 content. */
1604
1605 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1606 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1607 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1608 break;
1609
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1611 continue;
1612
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1614 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1618 bp_location array. */
1619 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1620 {
1621 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1622
1623 if (bp_tgt != NULL)
1624 {
1625 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1626
1627 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1628 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1629 }
1630 }
1631 }
1632
1633 \f
1634
1635 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1636 breakpoint. */
1637
1638 int
1639 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1640 {
1641 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1642 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1643 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1644 }
1645
1646 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1647
1648 static int
1649 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1650 {
1651 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1652 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1653 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1657 software. */
1658
1659 int
1660 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1661 {
1662 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1663 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1664 }
1665
1666 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1667 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1668 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1669 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1670 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1671 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1672 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1673 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1674
1675 static int
1676 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1677 {
1678 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1679 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1680 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1681 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1682 }
1683
1684 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1685 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1686
1687 static void
1688 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1689 {
1690 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1691
1692 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1693 {
1694 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1695 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1696 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1697 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1698 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1699 }
1700 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1701 }
1702
1703 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1704 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1705 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1706 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1707 in b->loc->cond.
1708 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1709
1710 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1711 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1712 it.
1713
1714 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1715 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1716 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1717 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1718 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1719 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1720 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1721 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1722
1723 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1724 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1725 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1726 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1727 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1728 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1729 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1730 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1731 not changed.
1732
1733 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1734 hardware watchpoints:
1735
1736 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1737 called several times when GDB stops.
1738
1739 [linux]
1740 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1741 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1742 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1743 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1744 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1745 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1746 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1747 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1748 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1749 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1750 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1751
1752 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1753 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1754
1755 static void
1756 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1757 {
1758 int within_current_scope;
1759 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1760 int frame_saved;
1761
1762 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1763 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1764 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1765 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1766 return;
1767
1768 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1769 return;
1770
1771 frame_saved = 0;
1772
1773 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1774 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1775 within_current_scope = 1;
1776 else
1777 {
1778 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1779 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1780 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1781
1782 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1783 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1784 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1785 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1786 return;
1787
1788 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1789 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1790 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1791 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1792 selected frame. */
1793 frame_saved = 1;
1794 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1795
1796 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1797 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1798 if (within_current_scope)
1799 select_frame (fi);
1800 }
1801
1802 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1803 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1804 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1805 b->base.loc = NULL;
1806
1807 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1808 {
1809 const char *s;
1810
1811 if (b->exp)
1812 {
1813 xfree (b->exp);
1814 b->exp = NULL;
1815 }
1816 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1817 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1818 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1819 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1820 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1821 be completely different objects. */
1822 value_free (b->val);
1823 b->val = NULL;
1824 b->val_valid = 0;
1825
1826 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1827 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1828 locations (re)created below. */
1829 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1830 {
1831 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1832 {
1833 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1834 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1835 }
1836
1837 s = b->base.cond_string;
1838 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1839 }
1840 }
1841
1842 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1843 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1844 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1845 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1846 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1847 if (!target_has_execution)
1848 {
1849 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1850 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1851 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1852 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1853 {
1854 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1855 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1856 else
1857 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1858 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1859 }
1860 }
1861 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1862 {
1863 int pc = 0;
1864 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1865 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1866
1867 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1868
1869 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1870 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1871 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1872 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1873 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1874 watchpoints. */
1875 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1876 {
1877 b->val = v;
1878 b->val_valid = 1;
1879 }
1880
1881 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1882
1883 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1884 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1885 {
1886 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1887 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1888 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1889 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1890 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1891 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1892 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1893 {
1894 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1895
1896 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1897 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1898 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1899 if (v == result
1900 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1901 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1902 {
1903 CORE_ADDR addr;
1904 int type;
1905 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1906
1907 addr = value_address (v);
1908 type = hw_write;
1909 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1910 type = hw_read;
1911 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1912 type = hw_access;
1913
1914 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1915 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1916 ;
1917 *tmp = loc;
1918 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1919
1920 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1921 loc->address = addr;
1922 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1923 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1924 }
1925 }
1926 }
1927
1928 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1929 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1930 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1931 is started. */
1932 if (reparse)
1933 {
1934 int reg_cnt;
1935 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1936 struct bp_location *bl;
1937
1938 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1939
1940 if (reg_cnt)
1941 {
1942 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1943 enum bptype type;
1944
1945 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1946 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1947 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1948
1949 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1950 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1951 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1952 this watchpoint in as well. */
1953
1954 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1955 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1956 hardware watchpoint type. */
1957 type = b->base.type;
1958 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1959 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1960
1961 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1962 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1963 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1964 through watch_command), so always account for it
1965 manually. */
1966
1967 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1968 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1969
1970 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1971 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1972
1973 target_resources_ok
1974 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1975 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1976 {
1977 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1978
1979 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1980 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1981 "hardware watchpoint."));
1982 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1983 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1984 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1985
1986 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1987 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1988 }
1989 else
1990 {
1991 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1992 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1993 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1994 nop. */
1995 b->base.type = type;
1996 }
1997 }
1998 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1999 {
2000 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2001 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2002 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2003 else
2004 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2005 "read/access watchpoint."));
2006 }
2007 else
2008 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2009
2010 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2011 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2012 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2013 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2014 }
2015
2016 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2017 {
2018 next = value_next (v);
2019 if (v != b->val)
2020 value_free (v);
2021 }
2022
2023 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2024 above left it without any location set up. But,
2025 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2026 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2027 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2028 {
2029 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2030 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2031 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2032 base->loc->address = -1;
2033 base->loc->length = -1;
2034 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 else if (!within_current_scope)
2038 {
2039 printf_filtered (_("\
2040 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2041 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2042 b->base.number);
2043 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2044 }
2045
2046 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2047 if (frame_saved)
2048 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2049 }
2050
2051
2052 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2053 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2054 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2055 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2056 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2057 static int
2058 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2059 {
2060 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2061 return 0;
2062
2063 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2064 return 0;
2065
2066 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2067 return 0;
2068
2069 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2070 return 0;
2071
2072 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2073 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2074 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2075 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2076 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2077 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2078 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2079 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2080 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2081 return 0;
2082
2083 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2084 location. */
2085 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2086 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2087 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2088 bl->address))
2089 return 0;
2090
2091 return 1;
2092 }
2093
2094 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2095 that the location is not duplicated. */
2096
2097 static int
2098 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2099 {
2100 int result;
2101 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2102
2103 bl->duplicate = 0;
2104 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2105 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2106 return result;
2107 }
2108
2109 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2110 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2111 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2112 any error during parsing. */
2113
2114 static struct agent_expr *
2115 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2116 {
2117 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2118 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2119
2120 if (!cond)
2121 return NULL;
2122
2123 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2124 that may show up. */
2125 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2126 {
2127 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2128 }
2129
2130 if (ex.reason < 0)
2131 {
2132 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2133 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2134 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2135 return NULL;
2136 }
2137
2138 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2139 return aexpr;
2140 }
2141
2142 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2143 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2144 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2145 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2146 one of them is true. */
2147
2148 static void
2149 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2150 {
2151 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2152 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2153 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2154 struct bp_location *loc;
2155
2156 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2157 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2158
2159 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2160 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2161 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2162 side. */
2163 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2164 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2165 return;
2166
2167 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2168 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2169 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2170 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2171 response back to GDB. */
2172 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2173 {
2174 loc = (*loc2p);
2175 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2176 {
2177 if (modified)
2178 {
2179 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2180
2181 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2182 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2183 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2184 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2185 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2186 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2187
2188 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2189 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2190 to the target. */
2191 if (aexpr)
2192 continue;
2193 }
2194
2195 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2196 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2197 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2198 {
2199 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2200 break;
2201 }
2202 }
2203 }
2204
2205 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2206 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2207 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2208
2209 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2210 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2211 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2212 {
2213 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2214 {
2215 loc = (*loc2p);
2216 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2217 {
2218 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2219 located. */
2220 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2221 return;
2222
2223 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2224 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2225 }
2226 }
2227 }
2228
2229 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2230 for this location's address. */
2231 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2232 {
2233 loc = (*loc2p);
2234 if (loc->cond
2235 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2236 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2237 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2238 && loc->enabled)
2239 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2240 conditions to the target. */
2241 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2242 loc->cond_bytecode);
2243 }
2244
2245 return;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2249 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2250 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2251
2252 static struct agent_expr *
2253 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2254 {
2255 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2256 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2257 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2258 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2259 const char *cmdrest;
2260 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2261 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2262 int nargs;
2263 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2264
2265 if (!cmd)
2266 return NULL;
2267
2268 cmdrest = cmd;
2269
2270 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2271 ++cmdrest;
2272 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2273
2274 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2275 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2276
2277 format_start = cmdrest;
2278
2279 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2280
2281 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2282
2283 format_end = cmdrest;
2284
2285 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2286 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2287
2288 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2289
2290 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2291 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2292
2293 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2294 cmdrest++;
2295 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2296
2297 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2298
2299 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2300 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2301
2302 nargs = 0;
2303 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2304 {
2305 const char *cmd1;
2306
2307 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2308 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2309 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2310 cmdrest = cmd1;
2311 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2312 ++cmdrest;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2316 that may show up. */
2317 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2318 {
2319 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2320 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2321 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2322 }
2323
2324 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2325
2326 if (ex.reason < 0)
2327 {
2328 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2329 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2330 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2331 return NULL;
2332 }
2333
2334 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2335 return aexpr;
2336 }
2337
2338 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2339 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2340 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2341
2342 static void
2343 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2344 {
2345 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2346 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2347 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2348 struct bp_location *loc;
2349
2350 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2351 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2352
2353 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2354 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2355 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2356 return;
2357
2358 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2359 return;
2360
2361 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2362 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2363 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2364 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2365 response back to GDB. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2367 {
2368 loc = (*loc2p);
2369 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2370 {
2371 if (modified)
2372 {
2373 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2374
2375 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2376 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2377 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2378 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2379 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2380 loc->owner->extra_string);
2381 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2382
2383 if (!aexpr)
2384 continue;
2385 }
2386
2387 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2388 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2389 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2390 {
2391 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2392 break;
2393 }
2394 }
2395 }
2396
2397 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2398 and so clean up. */
2399 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2400 {
2401 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2402 {
2403 loc = (*loc2p);
2404 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2405 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2406 {
2407 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2408 located. */
2409 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2410 return;
2411
2412 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2413 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2414 }
2415 }
2416 }
2417
2418 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2419 for this location's address. */
2420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2421 {
2422 loc = (*loc2p);
2423 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2424 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2425 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2426 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2427 && loc->enabled)
2428 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2429 to send the commands to the target. */
2430 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2431 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2432 }
2433
2434 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2435 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2436 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2437 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2438 }
2439
2440 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2441 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2442 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2443 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2444 -1 for failure.
2445
2446 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2447 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2448 static int
2449 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2450 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2451 int *disabled_breaks,
2452 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2453 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2454 {
2455 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2456 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2457 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2458
2459 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2460 return 0;
2461
2462 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2464 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2465 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2466 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2467 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2468 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2469 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2470 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2471 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2472 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2473 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2474
2475 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2476 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2477 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2478 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2479
2480 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2481 {
2482 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2483 build_target_command_list (bl);
2484 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2485 bl->needs_update = 0;
2486 }
2487
2488 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2489 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2490 {
2491 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2492 {
2493 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2494 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2495 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2496
2497 Two important cases are:
2498 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2499 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2500 hardware breakpoint.
2501 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2502 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2503 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2504 so we undo.
2505
2506 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2507 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2508 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2509 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2510 gdb. */
2511 struct mem_region *mr
2512 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2513
2514 if (mr)
2515 {
2516 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2517 {
2518 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2519
2520 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2521 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2522 else
2523 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2524
2525 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2526 {
2527 static int said = 0;
2528
2529 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2530 if (!said)
2531 {
2532 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2533 _("Note: automatically using "
2534 "hardware breakpoints for "
2535 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2536 said = 1;
2537 }
2538 }
2539 }
2540 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2541 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2542 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2543 "at readonly address %s"),
2544 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2545 }
2546 }
2547
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2550 || bl->section == NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2552 {
2553 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2554 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2555 {
2556 int val;
2557
2558 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2559 if (val)
2560 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2561 }
2562 if (e.reason < 0)
2563 {
2564 bp_err = e.error;
2565 bp_err_message = e.message;
2566 }
2567 }
2568 else
2569 {
2570 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2571 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2572 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2573 {
2574 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2575 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2576 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2577 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2578 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2579 bl->owner->number);
2580 else
2581 {
2582 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2583 bl->section);
2584 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2585 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2586 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2587
2588 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2589 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2590 {
2591 int val;
2592
2593 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2594 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2595 if (val)
2596 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2597 }
2598 if (e.reason < 0)
2599 {
2600 bp_err = e.error;
2601 bp_err_message = e.message;
2602 }
2603
2604 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2605 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2606 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2607 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2608 bl->owner->number);
2609 }
2610 }
2611 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2612 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2613 {
2614 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2615 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2616 {
2617 int val;
2618
2619 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2620 if (val)
2621 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2622 }
2623 if (e.reason < 0)
2624 {
2625 bp_err = e.error;
2626 bp_err_message = e.message;
2627 }
2628 }
2629 else
2630 {
2631 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2632 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2633 return 0;
2634 }
2635 }
2636
2637 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2638 {
2639 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2640
2641 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2642 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2643 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2644 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2645 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2646 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2647 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2648 errors as memory errors. */
2649 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2650 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2651 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2652 || userloaded_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2653 bl->address)))
2654 {
2655 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2656 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2657 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2658 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2659 {
2660 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2661 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2662 bl->owner->number);
2663 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2664 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2665 "library breakpoints:\n");
2666 }
2667 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2668 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2669 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2670 return 0;
2671 }
2672 else
2673 {
2674 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2675 {
2676 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2677 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2678 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2679 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2680 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2681 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2682 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2683 }
2684 else
2685 {
2686 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2687 {
2688 char *message
2689 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2690 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2691 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2692
2693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2694 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2695 "%s\n",
2696 bl->owner->number, message);
2697 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2698 }
2699 else
2700 {
2701 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2702 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2703 bl->owner->number,
2704 bp_err_message);
2705 }
2706 }
2707 return 1;
2708
2709 }
2710 }
2711 else
2712 bl->inserted = 1;
2713
2714 return 0;
2715 }
2716
2717 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2718 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2719 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2720 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2721 {
2722 int val;
2723
2724 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2725 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2726
2727 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2728
2729 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2730 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2731 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2732 {
2733 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2734
2735 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2736 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2737 of this one. */
2738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2739 if (loc != bl
2740 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2741 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2742 {
2743 bl->duplicate = 1;
2744 bl->inserted = 1;
2745 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2746 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2747 val = 0;
2748 break;
2749 }
2750
2751 if (val == 1)
2752 {
2753 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2754 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2755
2756 if (val)
2757 /* Back to the original value. */
2758 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2759 }
2760 }
2761
2762 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2763 }
2764
2765 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2766 {
2767 int val;
2768
2769 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2770 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2771
2772 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2773 if (val)
2774 {
2775 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2776
2777 if (val == 1)
2778 warning (_("\
2779 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2780 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2781 else
2782 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2783 }
2784
2785 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2786
2787 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2788 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2789 so just return success. */
2790 return 0;
2791 }
2792
2793 return 0;
2794 }
2795
2796 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2797 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2798 PSPACE anymore. */
2799
2800 void
2801 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2802 {
2803 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2804 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2805
2806 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2808 {
2809 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2810 delete_breakpoint (b);
2811 }
2812
2813 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2814 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2815 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2816 {
2817 struct bp_location *tmp;
2818
2819 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2820 {
2821 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2822 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2823 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2824 else
2825 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2826 if (tmp->next == loc)
2827 {
2828 tmp->next = loc->next;
2829 break;
2830 }
2831 }
2832 }
2833
2834 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2835 removed locations above. */
2836 update_global_location_list (0);
2837 }
2838
2839 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2840 Throws exception on any error.
2841 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2842 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2843 void
2844 insert_breakpoints (void)
2845 {
2846 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2847
2848 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2849 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2850 {
2851 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2852
2853 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2854 }
2855
2856 update_global_location_list (1);
2857
2858 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2859 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2860 now. */
2861 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2862 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2863 }
2864
2865 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2866
2867 void
2868 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2869 {
2870 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2871
2872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2873 {
2874 callback (loc, NULL);
2875 }
2876 }
2877
2878 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2879 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2880 always-inserted mode. */
2881
2882 static void
2883 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2884 {
2885 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2886 int error_flag = 0;
2887 int val = 0;
2888 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2889 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2890 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2891
2892 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2893 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2894
2895 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2896 there was an error. */
2897 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2898
2899 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2900
2901 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2902 {
2903 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2904 breakpoints. */
2905 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2906 continue;
2907
2908 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2909 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2910 deletion of breakpoints. */
2911 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2912 continue;
2913
2914 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2915
2916 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2917 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2918 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2919 insert breakpoints. */
2920 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2921 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2922 continue;
2923
2924 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2925 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2926 if (val)
2927 error_flag = val;
2928 }
2929
2930 if (error_flag)
2931 {
2932 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2933 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2934 }
2935
2936 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2937 }
2938
2939 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2940
2941 static void
2942 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2943 {
2944 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2945 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2946 int error_flag = 0;
2947 int val = 0;
2948 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2949 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2950 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2951
2952 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2953 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2954
2955 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2956 there was an error. */
2957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2958
2959 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2960
2961 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2962 {
2963 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2964 continue;
2965
2966 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2967 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2968 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2969 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2970 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2971 continue;
2972
2973 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2974
2975 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2976 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2977 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2978 insert breakpoints. */
2979 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2980 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2981 continue;
2982
2983 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2984 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2985 if (val)
2986 error_flag = val;
2987 }
2988
2989 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2990 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2992 {
2993 int some_failed = 0;
2994 struct bp_location *loc;
2995
2996 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2997 continue;
2998
2999 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3000 continue;
3001
3002 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3003 continue;
3004
3005 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3006 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3007 {
3008 some_failed = 1;
3009 break;
3010 }
3011 if (some_failed)
3012 {
3013 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3014 if (loc->inserted)
3015 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3016
3017 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3018 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3019 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3020 bpt->number);
3021 error_flag = -1;
3022 }
3023 }
3024
3025 if (error_flag)
3026 {
3027 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3028 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3029 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3030 {
3031 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3032 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3033 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3034 }
3035 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3036 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3037 }
3038
3039 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3040 }
3041
3042 /* Used when the program stops.
3043 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3044 removing a breakpoint location. */
3045
3046 int
3047 remove_breakpoints (void)
3048 {
3049 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3050 int val = 0;
3051
3052 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3053 {
3054 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3055 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3056 }
3057 return val;
3058 }
3059
3060 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3061 that thread. */
3062
3063 static void
3064 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3065 {
3066 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3067
3068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3069 {
3070 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3071 {
3072 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3073
3074 printf_filtered (_("\
3075 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3076 b->number, tp->num);
3077
3078 /* Hide it from the user. */
3079 b->number = 0;
3080 }
3081 }
3082 }
3083
3084 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3085
3086 int
3087 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3088 {
3089 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3090 int val;
3091 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3092
3093 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3094 {
3095 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3096 continue;
3097
3098 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3099 continue;
3100
3101 if (bl->inserted)
3102 {
3103 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3104 if (val != 0)
3105 return val;
3106 }
3107 }
3108 return 0;
3109 }
3110
3111 int
3112 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3113 {
3114 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3115 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3116 int val;
3117 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3118 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3119 struct inferior *inf;
3120 struct thread_info *tp;
3121
3122 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3123 if (tp == NULL)
3124 return 1;
3125
3126 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3127 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3128
3129 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3130
3131 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3132 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3133
3134 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3135 {
3136 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3137 continue;
3138
3139 if (bl->inserted)
3140 {
3141 bl->inserted = 0;
3142 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3143 if (val != 0)
3144 {
3145 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3146 return val;
3147 }
3148 }
3149 }
3150 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3151 return 0;
3152 }
3153
3154 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3155
3156 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3157 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3158 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3159 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3160 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3161 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3162 static void
3163 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3164 {
3165 if (internal)
3166 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3167 else
3168 {
3169 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3170 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3171 }
3172 }
3173
3174 static struct breakpoint *
3175 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3176 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3177 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3178 {
3179 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3180 struct breakpoint *b;
3181
3182 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3183
3184 sal.pc = address;
3185 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3186 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3187
3188 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3189 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3190 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3191
3192 return b;
3193 }
3194
3195 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3196 {
3197 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3198 };
3199 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3200
3201 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3202 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3203 {
3204 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3205 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3206
3207 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3208 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3209
3210 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3211 int longjmp_searched;
3212
3213 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3214 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3215
3216 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3217 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3218
3219 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3220 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3221
3222 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3223 int exception_searched;
3224
3225 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3226 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3227 };
3228
3229 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3230
3231 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3232 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3233
3234 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3235
3236 static int
3237 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3238 {
3239 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3240 }
3241
3242 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3243 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3244
3245 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3246 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3247 {
3248 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3249
3250 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3251 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3252 {
3253 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3254 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3255
3256 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3257 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3258 }
3259 return bp_objfile_data;
3260 }
3261
3262 static void
3263 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3264 {
3265 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3266
3267 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3268 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3269 }
3270
3271 static void
3272 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3273 {
3274 struct objfile *objfile;
3275 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3276
3277 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3278 {
3279 struct breakpoint *b;
3280 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3281 CORE_ADDR addr;
3282
3283 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3284
3285 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3286 continue;
3287
3288 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3289 {
3290 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3291
3292 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3293 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3294 {
3295 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3296 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3297 continue;
3298 }
3299 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3300 }
3301
3302 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3303 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3304 bp_overlay_event,
3305 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3306 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3307
3308 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3309 {
3310 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3311 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3312 }
3313 else
3314 {
3315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3316 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3317 }
3318 }
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3320 }
3321
3322 static void
3323 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3324 {
3325 struct program_space *pspace;
3326 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3327
3328 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3329
3330 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3331 {
3332 struct objfile *objfile;
3333
3334 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3335
3336 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3337 {
3338 int i;
3339 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3340 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3341
3342 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3343
3344 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3345
3346 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3347 {
3348 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3349
3350 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3351 if (ret != NULL)
3352 {
3353 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3354 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3355
3356 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3357 {
3358 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3359 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3360 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3361 ret = NULL;
3362 }
3363 }
3364 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3365 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3366 }
3367
3368 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3369 {
3370 int i;
3371 struct probe *probe;
3372 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3373
3374 for (i = 0;
3375 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3376 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3377 i, probe);
3378 ++i)
3379 {
3380 struct breakpoint *b;
3381
3382 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3383 get_probe_address (probe,
3384 objfile),
3385 bp_longjmp_master,
3386 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3387 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3388 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3389 }
3390
3391 continue;
3392 }
3393
3394 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3395 continue;
3396
3397 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3398 {
3399 struct breakpoint *b;
3400 const char *func_name;
3401 CORE_ADDR addr;
3402
3403 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3404 continue;
3405
3406 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3407 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3408 {
3409 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3410
3411 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3412 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3413 {
3414 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3415 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3416 continue;
3417 }
3418 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3419 }
3420
3421 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3422 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3423 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3424 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3425 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3426 }
3427 }
3428 }
3429 update_global_location_list (1);
3430
3431 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3432 }
3433
3434 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3435 static void
3436 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3437 {
3438 struct program_space *pspace;
3439 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3440 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3441
3442 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3443
3444 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3445 {
3446 struct objfile *objfile;
3447 CORE_ADDR addr;
3448
3449 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3450
3451 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3452 {
3453 struct breakpoint *b;
3454 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3455
3456 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3457
3458 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3459 continue;
3460
3461 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3462 {
3463 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3464
3465 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3466 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3467 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3468 {
3469 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3470 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3471 continue;
3472 }
3473 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3474 }
3475
3476 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3477 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3478 bp_std_terminate_master,
3479 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3480 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3481 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3482 }
3483 }
3484
3485 update_global_location_list (1);
3486
3487 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3488 }
3489
3490 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3491
3492 static void
3493 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3494 {
3495 struct objfile *objfile;
3496 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3497
3498 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3499 {
3500 struct breakpoint *b;
3501 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3502 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3503 CORE_ADDR addr;
3504
3505 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3506
3507 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3508 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3509 {
3510 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3511
3512 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3513
3514 if (ret != NULL)
3515 {
3516 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3517 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3518
3519 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3520 {
3521 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3522 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3523 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3524 ret = NULL;
3525 }
3526 }
3527 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3528 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3529 }
3530
3531 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3532 {
3533 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3534 int i;
3535 struct probe *probe;
3536
3537 for (i = 0;
3538 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3539 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3540 i, probe);
3541 ++i)
3542 {
3543 struct breakpoint *b;
3544
3545 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3546 get_probe_address (probe,
3547 objfile),
3548 bp_exception_master,
3549 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3550 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3551 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3552 }
3553
3554 continue;
3555 }
3556
3557 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3558
3559 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3560 continue;
3561
3562 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3563
3564 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3565 {
3566 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3567
3568 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3569 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3570 {
3571 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3572 continue;
3573 }
3574
3575 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3576 }
3577
3578 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3579 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3580 &current_target);
3581 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3582 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3583 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3584 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3585 }
3586
3587 update_global_location_list (1);
3588 }
3589
3590 void
3591 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3592 {
3593 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3594 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3595
3596 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3597 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3598 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3599 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3600 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3601 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3602 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3603 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3604 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3605 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3606 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3607
3608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3609 {
3610 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3611 continue;
3612
3613 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3614 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3615 {
3616 delete_breakpoint (b);
3617 continue;
3618 }
3619
3620 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3621 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3622 {
3623 delete_breakpoint (b);
3624 continue;
3625 }
3626
3627 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3628 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3629 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3630 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3631 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3632 {
3633 delete_breakpoint (b);
3634 continue;
3635 }
3636
3637 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3638 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3639 {
3640 delete_breakpoint (b);
3641 continue;
3642 }
3643
3644 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3645 after an exec. */
3646 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3647 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3648 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3649 {
3650 delete_breakpoint (b);
3651 continue;
3652 }
3653
3654 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3655 {
3656 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3657 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3658 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3659 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3660 continue;
3661 }
3662
3663 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3664 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3665 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3666 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3667 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3668 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3669
3670 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3671 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3672 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3673 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3674 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3675 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3676 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3677
3678 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3679 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3680 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3681 let finish_command delete it.
3682
3683 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3684 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3685 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3686 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3687 solib breakpoints.) */
3688
3689 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3690 {
3691 continue;
3692 }
3693
3694 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3695 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3696 a.out. */
3697 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3698 {
3699 delete_breakpoint (b);
3700 continue;
3701 }
3702 }
3703 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3704 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3705 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3706 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3707 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3708 }
3709
3710 int
3711 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3712 {
3713 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3714 int val = 0;
3715 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3716 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3717
3718 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3719 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3720
3721 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3722 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3723 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3724 {
3725 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3726 continue;
3727
3728 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3729 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3730 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3731 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3732 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3733 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3734 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3735 continue;
3736
3737 if (bl->inserted)
3738 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3739 }
3740
3741 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3742 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3743
3744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3745 return val;
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3749 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3750 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3751 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3752 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3753
3754 static int
3755 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3756 {
3757 int val;
3758
3759 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3760 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3761
3762 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3763 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3764 return 0;
3765
3766 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3767 This should not ever happen. */
3768 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3769
3770 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3771 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3772 {
3773 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3774 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3775 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3776
3777 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3778 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3779 || bl->section == NULL
3780 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3781 {
3782 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3783
3784 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3785 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3786 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3787 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3788 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3789 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3790 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3791 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3792 OBJF_USERLOADED is letting the user manually maintain a
3793 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3794 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3795 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3796 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3797 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3798 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3799 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3800 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3801 they should always be removed. */
3802 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3803 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3804 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3805 val = 0;
3806 else
3807 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3808 }
3809 else
3810 {
3811 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3812 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3813 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3814 {
3815 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3816 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3817 */
3818 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3819 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3820 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3821 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3822 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3823 else
3824 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3825 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3826 }
3827 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3828 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3829 if (bl->inserted)
3830 {
3831 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3832 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3833 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3834 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3835
3836 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3837 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3838 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3839 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3840 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3841 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3842 else
3843 val = 0;
3844 }
3845 else
3846 {
3847 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3848 val = 0;
3849 }
3850 }
3851
3852 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3853 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3854 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3855 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3856 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3857 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3858 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3859 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3860 always-inserted mode. */
3861 if (val
3862 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3863 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3864 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3865 || userloaded_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3866 bl->address))))
3867 val = 0;
3868
3869 if (val)
3870 return val;
3871 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3872 }
3873 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3874 {
3875 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3876 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3877
3878 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3879 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3880
3881 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3882 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3883 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3884 bl->owner->number);
3885 }
3886 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3887 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3888 && !bl->duplicate)
3889 {
3890 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3891 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3892
3893 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3894 if (val)
3895 return val;
3896
3897 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3898 }
3899
3900 return 0;
3901 }
3902
3903 static int
3904 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3905 {
3906 int ret;
3907 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3908
3909 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3910 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3911
3912 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3913 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3914 return 0;
3915
3916 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3917 This should not ever happen. */
3918 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3919
3920 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3921
3922 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3923
3924 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3925
3926 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3927 return ret;
3928 }
3929
3930 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3931
3932 void
3933 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3934 {
3935 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3936
3937 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3938 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3939 bl->inserted = 0;
3940 }
3941
3942 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3943 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3944
3945 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3946 between runs.
3947
3948 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3949 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3950 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3951
3952
3953
3954 void
3955 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3956 {
3957 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3958 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3959 int ix;
3960 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3961
3962 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3963 nothing to do. */
3964 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3965 return;
3966
3967 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3968 {
3969 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3970 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3971 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3972 bl->inserted = 0;
3973 }
3974
3975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3976 {
3977 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3978 continue;
3979
3980 switch (b->type)
3981 {
3982 case bp_call_dummy:
3983 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3984
3985 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3986 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3987 rid of it. */
3988
3989 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3990
3991 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3992
3993 case bp_shlib_event:
3994
3995 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3996 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3997 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3998 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3999 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4000
4001 (gdb) file prog-linux
4002 (gdb) run # native linux target
4003 ...
4004 (gdb) kill
4005 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4006 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4007 */
4008
4009 case bp_step_resume:
4010
4011 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4012
4013 delete_breakpoint (b);
4014 break;
4015
4016 case bp_watchpoint:
4017 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4018 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4019 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4020 {
4021 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4022
4023 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4024 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4025 delete_breakpoint (b);
4026 else if (context == inf_starting)
4027 {
4028 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4029 insert_breakpoints. */
4030 if (w->val)
4031 value_free (w->val);
4032 w->val = NULL;
4033 w->val_valid = 0;
4034 }
4035 }
4036 break;
4037 default:
4038 break;
4039 }
4040 }
4041
4042 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4043 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4044 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4045 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4046 }
4047
4048 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4049 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4050 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4051 match, not program space. */
4052
4053 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4054 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4055 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4056 permanent breakpoint.
4057 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4058 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4059 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4060 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4061 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4062
4063 enum breakpoint_here
4064 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4065 {
4066 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4067 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4068
4069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4070 {
4071 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4072 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4073 continue;
4074
4075 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4076 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4077 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4078 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4079 {
4080 if (overlay_debugging
4081 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4082 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4083 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4084 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4085 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4086 else
4087 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4088 }
4089 }
4090
4091 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4092 }
4093
4094 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4095
4096 int
4097 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4098 {
4099 struct bp_location *loc;
4100 int ix;
4101
4102 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4103 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4104 return 1;
4105
4106 return 0;
4107 }
4108
4109 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4110 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4111 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4112 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4113
4114 int
4115 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4116 CORE_ADDR pc)
4117 {
4118 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4119
4120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4121 {
4122 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4123 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4124 continue;
4125
4126 if (bl->inserted
4127 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4128 {
4129 if (overlay_debugging
4130 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4131 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4132 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4133 else
4134 return 1;
4135 }
4136 }
4137 return 0;
4138 }
4139
4140 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4141 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4142
4143 int
4144 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4145 {
4146 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4147 return 1;
4148
4149 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4150 return 1;
4151
4152 return 0;
4153 }
4154
4155 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4156 inserted at PC. */
4157
4158 int
4159 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4160 CORE_ADDR pc)
4161 {
4162 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4163
4164 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4165 {
4166 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4167 continue;
4168
4169 if (bl->inserted
4170 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4171 aspace, pc))
4172 {
4173 if (overlay_debugging
4174 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4175 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4176 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4177 else
4178 return 1;
4179 }
4180 }
4181
4182 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4183 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4184 return 1;
4185
4186 return 0;
4187 }
4188
4189 int
4190 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4191 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4192 {
4193 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4194
4195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4196 {
4197 struct bp_location *loc;
4198
4199 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4200 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4201 continue;
4202
4203 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4204 continue;
4205
4206 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4207 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4208 {
4209 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4210
4211 /* Check for intersection. */
4212 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4213 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4214 if (l < h)
4215 return 1;
4216 }
4217 }
4218 return 0;
4219 }
4220
4221 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4222 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4223
4224 int
4225 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4226 ptid_t ptid)
4227 {
4228 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4229 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4230 int thread = -1;
4231 int task = 0;
4232
4233 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4234 {
4235 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4236 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4237 continue;
4238
4239 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4240 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4241 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4242 continue;
4243
4244 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4245 continue;
4246
4247 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4248 {
4249 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4250 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4251 it is now time to do so. */
4252 if (thread == -1)
4253 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4254 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4255 continue;
4256 }
4257
4258 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4259 {
4260 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4261 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4262 it is now time to do so. */
4263 if (task == 0)
4264 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4265 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4266 continue;
4267 }
4268
4269 if (overlay_debugging
4270 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4271 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4272 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4273
4274 return 1;
4275 }
4276
4277 return 0;
4278 }
4279 \f
4280
4281 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4282 in breakpoint.h. */
4283
4284 int
4285 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4286 {
4287 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4288 }
4289
4290 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4291 'next' chain. */
4292
4293 static void
4294 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4295 {
4296 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4297 value_free (bs->old_val);
4298 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4299 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4300 xfree (bs);
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4304 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4305
4306 void
4307 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4308 {
4309 bpstat p;
4310 bpstat q;
4311
4312 if (bsp == 0)
4313 return;
4314 p = *bsp;
4315 while (p != NULL)
4316 {
4317 q = p->next;
4318 bpstat_free (p);
4319 p = q;
4320 }
4321 *bsp = NULL;
4322 }
4323
4324 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4325 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4326
4327 bpstat
4328 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4329 {
4330 bpstat p = NULL;
4331 bpstat tmp;
4332 bpstat retval = NULL;
4333
4334 if (bs == NULL)
4335 return bs;
4336
4337 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4338 {
4339 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4340 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4341 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4342 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4343 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4344 {
4345 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4346 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4347 }
4348
4349 if (p == NULL)
4350 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4351 retval = tmp;
4352 else
4353 p->next = tmp;
4354 p = tmp;
4355 }
4356 p->next = NULL;
4357 return retval;
4358 }
4359
4360 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4361
4362 bpstat
4363 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4364 {
4365 if (bsp == NULL)
4366 return NULL;
4367
4368 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4369 {
4370 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4371 return bsp;
4372 }
4373 return NULL;
4374 }
4375
4376 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4377
4378 int
4379 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4380 {
4381 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4382 {
4383 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4384 {
4385 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4386 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4387 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4388 return 1;
4389 }
4390 else
4391 {
4392 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4393 sig))
4394 return 1;
4395 }
4396 }
4397
4398 return 0;
4399 }
4400
4401 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4402 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4403 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4404 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4405
4406 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4407 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4408 we set it.
4409 Return 1 otherwise. */
4410
4411 int
4412 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4413 {
4414 struct breakpoint *b;
4415
4416 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4417 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4418
4419 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4420 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4421 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4422 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4423 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4424 if (b == NULL)
4425 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4426
4427 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4428 return 1;
4429 }
4430
4431 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4432
4433 void
4434 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4435 {
4436 struct thread_info *tp;
4437 bpstat bs;
4438
4439 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4440 return;
4441
4442 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4443 if (tp == NULL)
4444 return;
4445
4446 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4447 {
4448 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4449
4450 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4451 {
4452 value_free (bs->old_val);
4453 bs->old_val = NULL;
4454 }
4455 }
4456 }
4457
4458 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4459
4460 static void
4461 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4462 {
4463 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4464 {
4465 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4466
4467 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4468 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4469 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4470 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4471 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4472 return;
4473 }
4474
4475 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4476 }
4477
4478 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4479 command. */
4480 static void
4481 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4482 {
4483 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4484 }
4485
4486 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4487 or its equivalent. */
4488
4489 static int
4490 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4491 {
4492 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4493 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4494 }
4495
4496 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4497 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4498 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4499 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4500
4501 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4502 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4503 bpstat of the current thread. */
4504
4505 static int
4506 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4507 {
4508 bpstat bs;
4509 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4510 int again = 0;
4511
4512 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4513 in bs->commands. */
4514 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4515 return 0;
4516
4517 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4518 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4519
4520 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4521
4522 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4523 bs = *bsp;
4524
4525 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4526 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4527 {
4528 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4529 struct command_line *cmd;
4530 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4531
4532 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4533
4534 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4535 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4536 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4537 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4538 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4539 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4540 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4541 the tree when we're done. */
4542 ccmd = bs->commands;
4543 bs->commands = NULL;
4544 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4545 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4546 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4547 {
4548 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4549 cmd = cmd->next;
4550 }
4551
4552 while (cmd != NULL)
4553 {
4554 execute_control_command (cmd);
4555
4556 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4557 break;
4558 else
4559 cmd = cmd->next;
4560 }
4561
4562 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4563 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4564
4565 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4566 {
4567 if (target_can_async_p ())
4568 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4569 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4570 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4571 ;
4572 else
4573 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4574 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4575 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4576 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4577 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4578 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4579 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4580 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4581 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4582 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4583 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4584 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4585 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4586 again = 1;
4587 break;
4588 }
4589 }
4590 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4591 return again;
4592 }
4593
4594 void
4595 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4596 {
4597 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4598
4599 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4600 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4601 && target_has_execution
4602 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4603 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4604 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4605 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4606 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4607 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4608 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4609 break;
4610
4611 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4612 }
4613
4614 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4615
4616 static void
4617 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4618 {
4619 if (val == NULL)
4620 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4621 else
4622 {
4623 struct value_print_options opts;
4624 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4625 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4626 }
4627 }
4628
4629 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4630 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4631 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4632 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4633 normal_stop(). */
4634
4635 static enum print_stop_action
4636 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4637 {
4638 switch (bs->print_it)
4639 {
4640 case print_it_noop:
4641 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4642 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4643 break;
4644
4645 case print_it_done:
4646 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4647 relevant messages. */
4648 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4649 break;
4650
4651 case print_it_normal:
4652 {
4653 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4654
4655 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4656 which has since been deleted. */
4657 if (b == NULL)
4658 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4659
4660 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4661 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4662 }
4663 break;
4664
4665 default:
4666 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4667 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4668 break;
4669 }
4670 }
4671
4672 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4673
4674 static void
4675 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4676 {
4677 int any_deleted
4678 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4679 int any_added
4680 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4681
4682 if (!is_catchpoint)
4683 {
4684 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4685 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4686 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4687 else
4688 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4689 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4690 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4691 }
4692
4693 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4694 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4695 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4696
4697 if (any_deleted)
4698 {
4699 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4700 char *name;
4701 int ix;
4702
4703 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4704 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4705 "removed");
4706 for (ix = 0;
4707 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4708 ix, name);
4709 ++ix)
4710 {
4711 if (ix > 0)
4712 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4713 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4714 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4715 }
4716
4717 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4718 }
4719
4720 if (any_added)
4721 {
4722 struct so_list *iter;
4723 int ix;
4724 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4725
4726 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4727 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4728 "added");
4729 for (ix = 0;
4730 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4731 ix, iter);
4732 ++ix)
4733 {
4734 if (ix > 0)
4735 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4736 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4737 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4738 }
4739
4740 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4741 }
4742 }
4743
4744 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4745 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4746 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4747 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4748 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4749 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4750 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4751 routine is one of:
4752
4753 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4754 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4755 code to print the location. An example is
4756 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4757 the location.
4758 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4759 to also print the location part of the message.
4760 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4761 don't require a location appended to the end.
4762 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4763 further info to be printed. */
4764
4765 enum print_stop_action
4766 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4767 {
4768 int val;
4769
4770 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4771 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4772 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4773 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4774 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4775 {
4776 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4777 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4778 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4779 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4780 return val;
4781 }
4782
4783 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4784 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4785 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4786 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4787 {
4788 print_solib_event (0);
4789 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4790 }
4791
4792 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4793 with and nothing was printed. */
4794 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4795 }
4796
4797 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4798 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4799 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4800 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4801 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4802 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4803
4804 static int
4805 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4806 {
4807 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4808 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4809
4810 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4811 return i;
4812 }
4813
4814 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4815
4816 static bpstat
4817 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4818 {
4819 bpstat bs;
4820
4821 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4822 bs->next = NULL;
4823 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4824 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4825 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4826 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4827 incref_bp_location (bl);
4828 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4829 bs->commands = NULL;
4830 bs->old_val = NULL;
4831 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4832 return bs;
4833 }
4834 \f
4835 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4836 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4837
4838 int
4839 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4840 {
4841 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4842 CORE_ADDR addr;
4843 struct breakpoint *b;
4844
4845 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4846 {
4847 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4848 as not triggered. */
4849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4850 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4851 {
4852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4853
4854 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4855 }
4856
4857 return 0;
4858 }
4859
4860 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4861 {
4862 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4863 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4865 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4866 {
4867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4868
4869 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4870 }
4871
4872 return 1;
4873 }
4874
4875 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4876 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4877 triggered. */
4878
4879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4880 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4881 {
4882 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4883 struct bp_location *loc;
4884
4885 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4886 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4887 {
4888 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4889 {
4890 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4891 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4892
4893 if (newaddr == start)
4894 {
4895 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4896 break;
4897 }
4898 }
4899 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4900 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4901 addr, loc->address,
4902 loc->length))
4903 {
4904 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4905 break;
4906 }
4907 }
4908 }
4909
4910 return 1;
4911 }
4912
4913 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4914 because of check_errors). */
4915 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4916 #define WP_DELETED 1
4917 /* The value has changed. */
4918 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4919 /* The value has not changed. */
4920 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4921 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4922 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4923
4924 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4925 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4926
4927 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4928 changed.
4929
4930 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4931 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4932
4933 static int
4934 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4935 {
4936 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4937 struct watchpoint *b;
4938 struct frame_info *fr;
4939 int within_current_scope;
4940
4941 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4942 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4943 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4944
4945 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4946 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4947 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4948 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4949 return WP_IGNORE;
4950
4951 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4952 within_current_scope = 1;
4953 else
4954 {
4955 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4956 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4957 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4958
4959 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4960 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4961 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4962 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4963 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4964 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4965 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4966 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4967 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4968 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4969 return WP_IGNORE;
4970
4971 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4972 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4973
4974 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4975 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4976 if (within_current_scope)
4977 {
4978 struct symbol *function;
4979
4980 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4981 if (function == NULL
4982 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4983 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4984 within_current_scope = 0;
4985 }
4986
4987 if (within_current_scope)
4988 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4989 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4990 the user. */
4991 select_frame (fr);
4992 }
4993
4994 if (within_current_scope)
4995 {
4996 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4997 time before we return to the command level and call
4998 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4999 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5000
5001 int pc = 0;
5002 struct value *mark;
5003 struct value *new_val;
5004
5005 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5006 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5007 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5008 a mask watchpoint. */
5009 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5010
5011 mark = value_mark ();
5012 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5013
5014 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5015 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5016 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5017 not what we want. */
5018 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5019 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5020 {
5021 if (new_val != NULL)
5022 {
5023 release_value (new_val);
5024 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5025 }
5026 bs->old_val = b->val;
5027 b->val = new_val;
5028 b->val_valid = 1;
5029 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5030 }
5031 else
5032 {
5033 /* Nothing changed. */
5034 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5035 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5036 }
5037 }
5038 else
5039 {
5040 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5041
5042 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5043 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5044 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5045 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5046 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5047 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5048 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5049 the first value assigned). */
5050 /* We print all the stop information in
5051 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5052 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5053 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5054 here. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5056 ui_out_field_string
5057 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5059 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5060 ui_out_text (uiout,
5061 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5062 which its expression is valid.\n");
5063
5064 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5065 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5066 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5067
5068 return WP_DELETED;
5069 }
5070 }
5071
5072 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5073 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5074 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5075
5076 static int
5077 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5078 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5079 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5080 {
5081 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5082
5083 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5084 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5085
5086 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5087 }
5088
5089 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5090 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5091
5092 static void
5093 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5094 {
5095 const struct bp_location *bl;
5096 struct watchpoint *b;
5097
5098 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5099 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5100 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5101 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5102 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5103
5104 {
5105 int must_check_value = 0;
5106
5107 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5108 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5109 watched value. */
5110 must_check_value = 1;
5111 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5112 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5113 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5114 this watchpoint. */
5115 must_check_value = 1;
5116 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5117 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5118 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5119 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5120 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5121 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5122 must_check_value = 1;
5123
5124 if (must_check_value)
5125 {
5126 char *message
5127 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5128 b->base.number);
5129 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5130 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5131 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5132 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5133 switch (e)
5134 {
5135 case WP_DELETED:
5136 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5137 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5138 /* Stop. */
5139 break;
5140 case WP_IGNORE:
5141 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5142 bs->stop = 0;
5143 break;
5144 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5145 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5146 {
5147 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5148
5149 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5150 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5151 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5152 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5153 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5154 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5155 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5156 old value.
5157
5158 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5159 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5160 happen:
5161
5162 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5163 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5164 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5165 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5166
5167 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5168 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5169 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5170 watchpoint.
5171
5172 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5173 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5174 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5175 changes. This still gives false positives when
5176 the program writes the same value to memory as
5177 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5178 it for a read), but it's much better than
5179 nothing. */
5180
5181 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5182
5183 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5184 {
5185 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5186
5187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5188 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5189 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5190 {
5191 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5192 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5193
5194 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5195 == watch_triggered_yes)
5196 {
5197 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5198 break;
5199 }
5200 }
5201 }
5202
5203 if (other_write_watchpoint
5204 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5205 {
5206 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5207 and the value changed since the last time we
5208 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5209 Ignore it. */
5210 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5211 bs->stop = 0;
5212 }
5213 }
5214 break;
5215 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5216 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5217 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5218 {
5219 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5220 the value hasn't changed. */
5221 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5222 bs->stop = 0;
5223 }
5224 /* Stop. */
5225 break;
5226 default:
5227 /* Can't happen. */
5228 case 0:
5229 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5230 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5231 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5232 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5233 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5234 break;
5235 }
5236 }
5237 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5238 {
5239 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5240 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5241 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5242 anything for this watchpoint. */
5243 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5244 bs->stop = 0;
5245 }
5246 }
5247 }
5248
5249 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5250 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5251 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5252 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5253
5254 static void
5255 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5256 {
5257 const struct bp_location *bl;
5258 struct breakpoint *b;
5259 int value_is_zero = 0;
5260 struct expression *cond;
5261
5262 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5263
5264 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5265 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5266 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5267 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5268 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5269
5270 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5271 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5272 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5273
5274 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5275 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5276 {
5277 bs->stop = 0;
5278 return;
5279 }
5280
5281 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5282 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5283 thread/task. */
5284 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5285 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5286
5287 {
5288 bs->stop = 0;
5289 return;
5290 }
5291
5292 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5293 implemented. */
5294 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5295
5296 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5297 {
5298 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5299
5300 cond = w->cond_exp;
5301 }
5302 else
5303 cond = bl->cond;
5304
5305 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5306 {
5307 int within_current_scope = 1;
5308 struct watchpoint * w;
5309
5310 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5311 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5312 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5313 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5314 function call. */
5315 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5316
5317 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5318 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5319 else
5320 w = NULL;
5321
5322 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5323 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5324 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5325 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5326 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5327 call site. */
5328 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5329 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5330 else
5331 {
5332 struct frame_info *frame;
5333
5334 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5335 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5336 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5337 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5338 really matter which instantiation of the function
5339 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5340 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5341 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5342 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5343 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5344 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5345 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5346 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5347 intuitive. */
5348 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5349 if (frame != NULL)
5350 select_frame (frame);
5351 else
5352 within_current_scope = 0;
5353 }
5354 if (within_current_scope)
5355 value_is_zero
5356 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5357 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5358 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5359 else
5360 {
5361 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5362 "in the current scope"));
5363 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5364 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5365 value_is_zero = 0;
5366 }
5367 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5368 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5369 }
5370
5371 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5372 {
5373 bs->stop = 0;
5374 }
5375 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5376 {
5377 b->ignore_count--;
5378 bs->stop = 0;
5379 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5380 ++(b->hit_count);
5381 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5382 }
5383 }
5384
5385
5386 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5387 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5388
5389 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5390 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5391 that:
5392
5393 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5394
5395 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5396
5397 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5398 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5399 several reasons concurrently.)
5400
5401 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5402 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5403
5404 bpstat
5405 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5406 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5407 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5408 {
5409 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5410 struct bp_location *bl;
5411 struct bp_location *loc;
5412 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5413 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5414 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5415 bpstat bs;
5416 int ix;
5417 int need_remove_insert;
5418 int removed_any;
5419
5420 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5421 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5422 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5423 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5424 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5425 inferior function calls. */
5426
5427 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5428 {
5429 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5430 continue;
5431
5432 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5433 {
5434 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5435 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5436 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5437 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5438 checked all locations already. */
5439 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5440 break;
5441
5442 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5443 continue;
5444
5445 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5446 continue;
5447
5448 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5449 matches. */
5450
5451 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5452 explain stop. */
5453
5454 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5455 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5456 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5457 bs->stop = 1;
5458 bs->print = 1;
5459
5460 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5461 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5462 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5463 iteration. */
5464 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5465 {
5466 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5467
5468 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5469 }
5470 }
5471 }
5472
5473 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5474 {
5475 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5476 {
5477 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5478 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5479 bs->stop = 0;
5480 bs->print = 0;
5481 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5482 }
5483 }
5484
5485 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5486 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5487 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5488 "catch unload". */
5489 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5490 {
5491 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5492 {
5493 handle_solib_event ();
5494 break;
5495 }
5496 }
5497
5498 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5499 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5500 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5501
5502 removed_any = 0;
5503
5504 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5505 {
5506 if (!bs->stop)
5507 continue;
5508
5509 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5510 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5511 if (bs->stop)
5512 {
5513 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5514
5515 if (bs->stop)
5516 {
5517 ++(b->hit_count);
5518 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5519
5520 /* We will stop here. */
5521 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5522 {
5523 --(b->enable_count);
5524 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5525 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5526 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5527 removed_any = 1;
5528 }
5529 if (b->silent)
5530 bs->print = 0;
5531 bs->commands = b->commands;
5532 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5533 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5534 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5535 bs->print = 0;
5536
5537 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5538 }
5539
5540 }
5541
5542 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5543 print. */
5544 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5545 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5546 }
5547
5548 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5549 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5550 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5551 done later. */
5552 need_remove_insert = 0;
5553 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5554 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5555 if (!bs->stop
5556 && bs->breakpoint_at
5557 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5558 {
5559 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5560
5561 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5562 need_remove_insert = 1;
5563 }
5564
5565 if (need_remove_insert)
5566 update_global_location_list (1);
5567 else if (removed_any)
5568 update_global_location_list (0);
5569
5570 return bs_head;
5571 }
5572
5573 static void
5574 handle_jit_event (void)
5575 {
5576 struct frame_info *frame;
5577 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5578
5579 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5580 breakpoint_re_set. */
5581 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5582
5583 frame = get_current_frame ();
5584 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5585
5586 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5587
5588 target_terminal_inferior ();
5589 }
5590
5591 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5592
5593 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5594
5595 struct bpstat_what
5596 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5597 {
5598 struct bpstat_what retval;
5599 int jit_event = 0;
5600 bpstat bs;
5601
5602 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5603 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5604 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5605
5606 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5607 {
5608 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5609 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5610 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5611 enum bptype bptype;
5612
5613 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5614 {
5615 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5616 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5617 bptype = bp_none;
5618 }
5619 else
5620 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5621
5622 switch (bptype)
5623 {
5624 case bp_none:
5625 break;
5626 case bp_breakpoint:
5627 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5628 case bp_until:
5629 case bp_finish:
5630 case bp_shlib_event:
5631 if (bs->stop)
5632 {
5633 if (bs->print)
5634 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5635 else
5636 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5637 }
5638 else
5639 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5640 break;
5641 case bp_watchpoint:
5642 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5643 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5644 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5645 if (bs->stop)
5646 {
5647 if (bs->print)
5648 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5649 else
5650 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5651 }
5652 else
5653 {
5654 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5655 This requires no further action. */
5656 }
5657 break;
5658 case bp_longjmp:
5659 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5660 case bp_exception:
5661 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5662 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5663 break;
5664 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5665 case bp_exception_resume:
5666 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5667 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5668 break;
5669 case bp_step_resume:
5670 if (bs->stop)
5671 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5672 else
5673 {
5674 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5675 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5676 }
5677 break;
5678 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5679 if (bs->stop)
5680 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5681 else
5682 {
5683 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5684 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5685 }
5686 break;
5687 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5688 case bp_thread_event:
5689 case bp_overlay_event:
5690 case bp_longjmp_master:
5691 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5692 case bp_exception_master:
5693 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5694 break;
5695 case bp_catchpoint:
5696 if (bs->stop)
5697 {
5698 if (bs->print)
5699 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5700 else
5701 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5702 }
5703 else
5704 {
5705 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5706 This requires no further action. */
5707 }
5708 break;
5709 case bp_jit_event:
5710 jit_event = 1;
5711 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5712 break;
5713 case bp_call_dummy:
5714 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5715 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5716 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5717 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5718 break;
5719 case bp_std_terminate:
5720 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5721 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5722 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5723 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5724 break;
5725 case bp_tracepoint:
5726 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5727 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5728 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5729 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5730 out already. */
5731 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5732 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5733 break;
5734 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5735 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5736 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5737 break;
5738 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5739 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5740 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5741 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5742 break;
5743
5744 case bp_dprintf:
5745 if (bs->stop)
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5747 else
5748 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5749 break;
5750
5751 default:
5752 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5753 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5754 }
5755
5756 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5757 }
5758
5759 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5760 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5761
5762 if (jit_event)
5763 {
5764 if (debug_infrun)
5765 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5766
5767 handle_jit_event ();
5768 }
5769
5770 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5771 {
5772 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5773
5774 if (b == NULL)
5775 continue;
5776 switch (b->type)
5777 {
5778 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5779 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5780 break;
5781 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5782 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5783 break;
5784 }
5785 }
5786
5787 return retval;
5788 }
5789
5790 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5791 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5792 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5793
5794 int
5795 bpstat_should_step (void)
5796 {
5797 struct breakpoint *b;
5798
5799 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5800 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5801 return 1;
5802 return 0;
5803 }
5804
5805 int
5806 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5807 {
5808 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5809 if (bs->stop)
5810 return 1;
5811
5812 return 0;
5813 }
5814
5815 \f
5816
5817 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5818 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5819 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5820
5821 static char *
5822 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5823 {
5824 static char wrap_indent[80];
5825 int i, total_width, width, align;
5826 char *text;
5827
5828 total_width = 0;
5829 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5830 {
5831 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5832 {
5833 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5834 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5835 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5836
5837 return wrap_indent;
5838 }
5839
5840 total_width += width + 1;
5841 }
5842
5843 return NULL;
5844 }
5845
5846 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5847 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5848
5849 "host": Host evals condition.
5850 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5851 "target": Target evals condition.
5852 */
5853
5854 static const char *
5855 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5856 {
5857 struct bp_location *bl;
5858 char host_evals = 0;
5859 char target_evals = 0;
5860
5861 if (!b)
5862 return NULL;
5863
5864 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5865 return NULL;
5866
5867 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5868 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5869 return condition_evaluation_host;
5870
5871 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5872 {
5873 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5874 target_evals++;
5875 else
5876 host_evals++;
5877 }
5878
5879 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5880 return condition_evaluation_both;
5881 else if (target_evals)
5882 return condition_evaluation_target;
5883 else
5884 return condition_evaluation_host;
5885 }
5886
5887 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5888 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5889
5890 static const char *
5891 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5892 {
5893 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5894 return NULL;
5895
5896 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5897 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5898 return condition_evaluation_host;
5899
5900 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5901 return condition_evaluation_target;
5902 else
5903 return condition_evaluation_host;
5904 }
5905
5906 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5907
5908 static void
5909 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5910 struct bp_location *loc)
5911 {
5912 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5913 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5914
5915 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5916 loc = NULL;
5917
5918 if (loc != NULL)
5919 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5920
5921 if (b->display_canonical)
5922 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5923 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5924 {
5925 struct symbol *sym
5926 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5927 if (sym)
5928 {
5929 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5930 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5931 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5932 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5933 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5934 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5935 }
5936 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5937 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5938 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5939
5940 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5941 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5942 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5943
5944 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5945 }
5946 else if (loc)
5947 {
5948 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5949 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5950
5951 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5952 demangle, "");
5953 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5954
5955 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5956 }
5957 else
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5959
5960 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5961 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5962 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5963 {
5964 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5965 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5966 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5968 }
5969
5970 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5971 }
5972
5973 static const char *
5974 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5975 {
5976 struct ep_type_description
5977 {
5978 enum bptype type;
5979 char *description;
5980 };
5981 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5982 {
5983 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5984 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5985 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5986 {bp_until, "until"},
5987 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5988 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5989 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5990 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5991 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5992 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5993 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5994 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5995 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5996 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5997 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5998 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5999 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6000 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6001 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6002 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6003 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6004 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6005 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6006 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6007 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6008 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6009 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6010 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6011 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6012 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6013 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6014 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6015 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6016 };
6017
6018 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6019 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6020 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6021 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6022 (int) type);
6023
6024 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6025 }
6026
6027 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6028 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6029
6030 static void
6031 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6032 const char *field_name,
6033 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6034 int mi_only)
6035 {
6036 struct cleanup *back_to;
6037 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6038 int inf;
6039 int i;
6040
6041 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6042 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6043 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6044 return;
6045
6046 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6047
6048 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6049 {
6050 if (is_mi)
6051 {
6052 char mi_group[10];
6053
6054 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6055 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6056 }
6057 else
6058 {
6059 if (i == 0)
6060 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6061 else
6062 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6063
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6065 }
6066 }
6067
6068 do_cleanups (back_to);
6069 }
6070
6071 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6072
6073 static void
6074 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6075 struct bp_location *loc,
6076 int loc_number,
6077 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6078 int allflag)
6079 {
6080 struct command_line *l;
6081 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6082
6083 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6084 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6085 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6086 struct value_print_options opts;
6087
6088 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6089
6090 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6091 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6092 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6093 if (loc == NULL
6094 && (b->loc != NULL
6095 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6096 header_of_multiple = 1;
6097 if (loc == NULL)
6098 loc = b->loc;
6099
6100 annotate_record ();
6101
6102 /* 1 */
6103 annotate_field (0);
6104 if (part_of_multiple)
6105 {
6106 char *formatted;
6107 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6108 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6109 xfree (formatted);
6110 }
6111 else
6112 {
6113 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6114 }
6115
6116 /* 2 */
6117 annotate_field (1);
6118 if (part_of_multiple)
6119 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6120 else
6121 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6122
6123 /* 3 */
6124 annotate_field (2);
6125 if (part_of_multiple)
6126 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6127 else
6128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6129
6130
6131 /* 4 */
6132 annotate_field (3);
6133 if (part_of_multiple)
6134 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6135 else
6136 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6137 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6138 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6139
6140
6141 /* 5 and 6 */
6142 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6143 {
6144 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6145 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6146 make sure there's just one location. */
6147 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6148 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6149 }
6150 else
6151 switch (b->type)
6152 {
6153 case bp_none:
6154 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6155 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6156 break;
6157
6158 case bp_watchpoint:
6159 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6160 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6161 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6162 {
6163 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6164
6165 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6166 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6167 is relatively readable). */
6168 if (opts.addressprint)
6169 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6170 annotate_field (5);
6171 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6172 }
6173 break;
6174
6175 case bp_breakpoint:
6176 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6177 case bp_until:
6178 case bp_finish:
6179 case bp_longjmp:
6180 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6181 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6182 case bp_exception:
6183 case bp_exception_resume:
6184 case bp_step_resume:
6185 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6186 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6187 case bp_call_dummy:
6188 case bp_std_terminate:
6189 case bp_shlib_event:
6190 case bp_thread_event:
6191 case bp_overlay_event:
6192 case bp_longjmp_master:
6193 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6194 case bp_exception_master:
6195 case bp_tracepoint:
6196 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6197 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6198 case bp_dprintf:
6199 case bp_jit_event:
6200 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6201 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6202 if (opts.addressprint)
6203 {
6204 annotate_field (4);
6205 if (header_of_multiple)
6206 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6207 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6208 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6209 else
6210 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6211 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6212 }
6213 annotate_field (5);
6214 if (!header_of_multiple)
6215 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6216 if (b->loc)
6217 *last_loc = b->loc;
6218 break;
6219 }
6220
6221
6222 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6223 {
6224 struct inferior *inf;
6225 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6226 int mi_only = 1;
6227
6228 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6229 {
6230 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6231 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6232 }
6233
6234 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6235 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6236 if (allflag
6237 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6238 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6239 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6240 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6241 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6242 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6243 mi_only = 0;
6244 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6245 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6246 }
6247
6248 if (!part_of_multiple)
6249 {
6250 if (b->thread != -1)
6251 {
6252 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6253 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6254 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6255 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6256 }
6257 else if (b->task != 0)
6258 {
6259 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6260 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6261 }
6262 }
6263
6264 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6265
6266 if (!part_of_multiple)
6267 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6268
6269 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6270 {
6271 annotate_field (6);
6272 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6273 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6274 the frame ID. */
6275 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6276 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6277 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6278 }
6279
6280 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6281 {
6282 annotate_field (7);
6283 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6284 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6285 else
6286 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6287 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6288
6289 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6290 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6291 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6292 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6293 == condition_evaluation_target)
6294 {
6295 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6296 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6297 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6298 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6299 }
6300 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6301 }
6302
6303 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6304 {
6305 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6307 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6308 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6309 }
6310
6311 if (!part_of_multiple)
6312 {
6313 if (b->hit_count)
6314 {
6315 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6316 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6317 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6318 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6319 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6320 else
6321 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6322 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6323 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6324 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6325 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6326 else
6327 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6328 }
6329 else
6330 {
6331 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6333 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6334 }
6335 }
6336
6337 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6338 {
6339 annotate_field (8);
6340 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6341 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6342 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6343 }
6344
6345 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6346 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6347 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6348 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6349 {
6350 annotate_field (8);
6351 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6352 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6353 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6354 if (b->ignore_count)
6355 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6356 else
6357 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6358 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6359 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6360 }
6361
6362 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6363 {
6364 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6365
6366 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6367 {
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6369 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6370 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6371 }
6372 }
6373
6374 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6375 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6376 {
6377 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6378
6379 annotate_field (9);
6380 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6381 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6382 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6383 }
6384
6385 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6386 {
6387 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6388
6389 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6390 {
6391 annotate_field (10);
6392 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6393 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6394 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6395 }
6396
6397 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6398 pending. */
6399 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6400 {
6401 annotate_field (11);
6402
6403 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6404 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6405 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6406 else
6407 {
6408 if (loc->inserted)
6409 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6410 else
6411 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6412 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6413 }
6414 }
6415 }
6416
6417 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6418 {
6419 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6420 {
6421 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6422
6423 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6424 }
6425 else if (b->addr_string)
6426 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6427 }
6428 }
6429
6430 static void
6431 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6432 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6433 int allflag)
6434 {
6435 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6436 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6437
6438 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6439
6440 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6441 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6442
6443 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6444 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6445 locations, if any. */
6446 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6447 {
6448 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6449 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6450 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6451 situation.
6452
6453 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6454 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6455 if (b->loc
6456 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6457 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6458 {
6459 struct bp_location *loc;
6460 int n = 1;
6461
6462 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6463 {
6464 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6465 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6466 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6467 do_cleanups (inner2);
6468 }
6469 }
6470 }
6471 }
6472
6473 static int
6474 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6475 {
6476 int print_address_bits = 0;
6477 struct bp_location *loc;
6478
6479 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6480 {
6481 int addr_bit;
6482
6483 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6484 an address to print. */
6485 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6486 continue;
6487
6488 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6489 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6490 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6491 }
6492
6493 return print_address_bits;
6494 }
6495
6496 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6497 {
6498 int bnum;
6499 };
6500
6501 static int
6502 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6503 {
6504 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6505 struct breakpoint *b;
6506 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6507
6508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6509 {
6510 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6511 {
6512 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6513 return GDB_RC_OK;
6514 }
6515 }
6516 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6517 }
6518
6519 enum gdb_rc
6520 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6521 char **error_message)
6522 {
6523 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6524
6525 args.bnum = bnum;
6526 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6527 an error. */
6528 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6529 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6530 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6531 else
6532 return GDB_RC_OK;
6533 }
6534
6535 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6536 internal or momentary. */
6537
6538 int
6539 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6540 {
6541 return b->number > 0;
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6545 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6546 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6547 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6548 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6549 breakpoints listed. */
6550
6551 static int
6552 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6553 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6554 {
6555 struct breakpoint *b;
6556 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6557 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6558 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6559 struct value_print_options opts;
6560 int print_address_bits = 0;
6561 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6562 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6563
6564 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6565
6566 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6567 required for address fields. */
6568 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6570 {
6571 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6572 if (filter && !filter (b))
6573 continue;
6574
6575 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6576 accept. Skip the others. */
6577 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6578 {
6579 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6580 continue;
6581 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6582 continue;
6583 }
6584
6585 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6586 {
6587 int addr_bit, type_len;
6588
6589 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6590 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6591 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6592
6593 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6594 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6595 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6596
6597 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6598 }
6599 }
6600
6601 if (opts.addressprint)
6602 bkpttbl_chain
6603 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6604 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6605 "BreakpointTable");
6606 else
6607 bkpttbl_chain
6608 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6609 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6610 "BreakpointTable");
6611
6612 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6613 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6614 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6615 annotate_field (0);
6616 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6617 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6618 annotate_field (1);
6619 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6620 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6621 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6622 annotate_field (2);
6623 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6624 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6625 annotate_field (3);
6626 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6627 if (opts.addressprint)
6628 {
6629 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6630 annotate_field (4);
6631 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6632 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6633 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6634 else
6635 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6636 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6637 }
6638 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6639 annotate_field (5);
6640 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6641 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6642 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6643 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6644
6645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6646 {
6647 QUIT;
6648 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6649 if (filter && !filter (b))
6650 continue;
6651
6652 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6653 accept. Skip the others. */
6654
6655 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6656 {
6657 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6658 {
6659 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6660 continue;
6661 }
6662 else /* all others */
6663 {
6664 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6665 continue;
6666 }
6667 }
6668 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6669 allflag is set. */
6670 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6671 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6672 }
6673
6674 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6675
6676 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6677 {
6678 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6679 empty list. */
6680 if (!filter)
6681 {
6682 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6683 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6684 else
6685 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6686 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6687 args);
6688 }
6689 }
6690 else
6691 {
6692 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6693 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6694 }
6695
6696 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6697 there have been breakpoints? */
6698 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6699
6700 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6701 }
6702
6703 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6704 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6705
6706 static void
6707 default_collect_info (void)
6708 {
6709 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6710
6711 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6712 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6713 not wanted. */
6714 if (!*default_collect)
6715 return;
6716
6717 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6718 actions. */
6719 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6720 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6721 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6722 }
6723
6724 static void
6725 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6726 {
6727 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6728
6729 default_collect_info ();
6730 }
6731
6732 static void
6733 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6734 {
6735 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6736 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6737
6738 if (num_printed == 0)
6739 {
6740 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6741 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6742 else
6743 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6744 }
6745 }
6746
6747 static void
6748 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6749 {
6750 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6751
6752 default_collect_info ();
6753 }
6754
6755 static int
6756 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6757 struct program_space *pspace,
6758 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6759 {
6760 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6761
6762 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6763 {
6764 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6765 && bl->address == pc
6766 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6767 return 1;
6768 }
6769 return 0;
6770 }
6771
6772 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6773 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6774 address spaces. */
6775
6776 static void
6777 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6778 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6779 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6780 {
6781 int others = 0;
6782 struct breakpoint *b;
6783
6784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6785 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6786 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6787 if (others > 0)
6788 {
6789 if (others == 1)
6790 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6791 else /* if (others == ???) */
6792 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6794 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6795 {
6796 others--;
6797 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6798 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6799 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6800 else if (b->thread != -1)
6801 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6802 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6803 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6804 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6805 ? " (disabled)"
6806 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6807 ? " (permanent)"
6808 : ""),
6809 (others > 1) ? ","
6810 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6811 }
6812 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6813 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6814 printf_filtered (".\n");
6815 }
6816 }
6817 \f
6818
6819 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6820 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6821 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6822 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6823
6824 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6825 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6826 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6827 breakpoint at address zero:
6828
6829 bp_watchpoint
6830 bp_catchpoint
6831
6832 */
6833
6834 static int
6835 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6836 {
6837 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6838
6839 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6840 }
6841
6842 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6843 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6844
6845 static int
6846 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6847 struct bp_location *loc2)
6848 {
6849 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6850 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6851
6852 /* Both of them must exist. */
6853 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6854 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6855
6856 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6857 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6858 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6859 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6860 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6861 other watchpoint. */
6862 if ((w1->cond_exp
6863 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6864 loc1->length,
6865 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6866 w1->cond_exp))
6867 || (w2->cond_exp
6868 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6869 loc2->length,
6870 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6871 w2->cond_exp)))
6872 return 0;
6873
6874 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6875 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6876 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6877 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6878 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6879 become hw_access locations later. */
6880 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6881 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6882 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6883 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6884 }
6885
6886 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6887
6888 int
6889 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6890 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6891 {
6892 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6893 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6894 && addr1 == addr2);
6895 }
6896
6897 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6898 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6899 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6900 space doesn't really matter. */
6901
6902 static int
6903 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6904 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6905 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6906 {
6907 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6908 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6909 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6910 }
6911
6912 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6913 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6914 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6915 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6916
6917 static int
6918 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6919 struct address_space *aspace,
6920 CORE_ADDR addr)
6921 {
6922 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6923 aspace, addr)
6924 || (bl->length
6925 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6926 bl->address, bl->length,
6927 aspace, addr)));
6928 }
6929
6930 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6931 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6932 true, otherwise returns false. */
6933
6934 static int
6935 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6936 struct bp_location *loc2)
6937 {
6938 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6939 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6940 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6941 different locations. */
6942 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6943 else
6944 return 0;
6945 }
6946
6947 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6948 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6949 represent the same location. */
6950
6951 static int
6952 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6953 struct bp_location *loc2)
6954 {
6955 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6956
6957 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6958 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6959 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6960
6961 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6962 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6963
6964 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6965 return 0;
6966 else if (hw_point1)
6967 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6968 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6969 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6970 else
6971 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6972 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6973 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6974 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6975 }
6976
6977 static void
6978 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6979 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6980 {
6981 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6982 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6983 char astr1[64];
6984 char astr2[64];
6985
6986 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6987 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6988 if (have_bnum)
6989 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6990 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6991 else
6992 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6993 }
6994
6995 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6996 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6997 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6998 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6999
7000 static CORE_ADDR
7001 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7002 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7003 {
7004 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7005 {
7006 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7007 return bpaddr;
7008 }
7009 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7010 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7011 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7012 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7013 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7014 {
7015 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7016 have their addresses modified. */
7017 return bpaddr;
7018 }
7019 else
7020 {
7021 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7022
7023 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7024 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7025 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7026
7027 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7028 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7029 is required. */
7030 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7031 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7032
7033 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7034 }
7035 }
7036
7037 void
7038 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7039 struct breakpoint *owner)
7040 {
7041 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7042
7043 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7044
7045 loc->ops = ops;
7046 loc->owner = owner;
7047 loc->cond = NULL;
7048 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7049 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7050 loc->enabled = 1;
7051
7052 switch (owner->type)
7053 {
7054 case bp_breakpoint:
7055 case bp_until:
7056 case bp_finish:
7057 case bp_longjmp:
7058 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7059 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7060 case bp_exception:
7061 case bp_exception_resume:
7062 case bp_step_resume:
7063 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7064 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7065 case bp_call_dummy:
7066 case bp_std_terminate:
7067 case bp_shlib_event:
7068 case bp_thread_event:
7069 case bp_overlay_event:
7070 case bp_jit_event:
7071 case bp_longjmp_master:
7072 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7073 case bp_exception_master:
7074 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7075 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7076 case bp_dprintf:
7077 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7078 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7079 break;
7080 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7081 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7082 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7083 break;
7084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7085 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7086 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7087 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7088 break;
7089 case bp_watchpoint:
7090 case bp_catchpoint:
7091 case bp_tracepoint:
7092 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7093 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7094 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7095 break;
7096 default:
7097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7098 }
7099
7100 loc->refc = 1;
7101 }
7102
7103 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7104
7105 static struct bp_location *
7106 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7107 {
7108 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7109 }
7110
7111 static void
7112 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7113 {
7114 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7115 xfree (loc);
7116 }
7117
7118 /* Increment reference count. */
7119
7120 static void
7121 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7122 {
7123 ++bl->refc;
7124 }
7125
7126 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7127 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7128
7129 static void
7130 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7131 {
7132 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7133
7134 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7135 free_bp_location (*blp);
7136 *blp = NULL;
7137 }
7138
7139 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7140
7141 static void
7142 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7143 {
7144 struct breakpoint *b1;
7145
7146 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7147 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7148
7149 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7150 if (b1 == 0)
7151 breakpoint_chain = b;
7152 else
7153 {
7154 while (b1->next)
7155 b1 = b1->next;
7156 b1->next = b;
7157 }
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7161
7162 static void
7163 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7164 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7165 enum bptype bptype,
7166 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7167 {
7168 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7169
7170 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7171
7172 b->ops = ops;
7173 b->type = bptype;
7174 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7175 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7176 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7177 b->thread = -1;
7178 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7179 b->next = 0;
7180 b->silent = 0;
7181 b->ignore_count = 0;
7182 b->commands = NULL;
7183 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7184 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7185 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7186 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7187 }
7188
7189 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7190 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7191
7192 static struct breakpoint *
7193 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7194 enum bptype bptype,
7195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7196 {
7197 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7198
7199 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7200 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7201 return b;
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7205 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7206 enough. */
7207
7208 static void
7209 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7210 {
7211 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7212
7213 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7214 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7215 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7216 {
7217 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7218 const char *function_name;
7219 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7220
7221 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7222 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7223
7224 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7225 {
7226 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7227
7228 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7229 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7230 &loc->requested_address))
7231 {
7232 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7233 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7234 loc->requested_address,
7235 b->type);
7236 }
7237 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7238 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7239 {
7240 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7241 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7242 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7243 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7244 breakpoint. */
7245 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7246 }
7247 }
7248
7249 if (function_name)
7250 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7251 }
7252 }
7253
7254 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7255 struct gdbarch *
7256 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7257 {
7258 if (sal.section)
7259 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7260 if (sal.symtab)
7261 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7262
7263 return NULL;
7264 }
7265
7266 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7267 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7268 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7269
7270 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7271 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7272 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7273
7274 static void
7275 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7276 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7277 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7278 {
7279 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7280
7281 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7282
7283 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7284 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7285
7286 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7287 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7288 program space. */
7289 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7290 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7291 }
7292
7293 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7294 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7295 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7296 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7297 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7298 is also returned as the value of this function.
7299
7300 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7301 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7302 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7303 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7304 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7305 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7306 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7307
7308 struct breakpoint *
7309 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7310 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7311 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7312 {
7313 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7314
7315 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7316 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7317 return b;
7318 }
7319
7320
7321 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7322 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7323 void
7324 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7325 {
7326 struct bp_location *bl;
7327
7328 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7329
7330 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7331 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7332 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7333 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7334 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7335 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7336 bl->inserted = 1;
7337 }
7338
7339 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7340 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7341 initiated the operation. */
7342
7343 void
7344 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7345 {
7346 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7347 int thread = tp->num;
7348
7349 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7350 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7351 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7352 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7354 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7355 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7356 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7357 {
7358 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7359 struct breakpoint *clone;
7360
7361 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7362 after their removal. */
7363 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7364 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7365 clone->thread = thread;
7366 }
7367
7368 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7369 }
7370
7371 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7372 void
7373 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7374 {
7375 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7376
7377 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7378 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7379 {
7380 if (b->thread == thread)
7381 delete_breakpoint (b);
7382 }
7383 }
7384
7385 void
7386 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7387 {
7388 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7389
7390 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7391 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7392 {
7393 if (b->thread == thread)
7394 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7395 }
7396 }
7397
7398 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7399 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7400 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7401 breakpoints. */
7402
7403 struct breakpoint *
7404 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7405 {
7406 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7407
7408 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7409 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7410 {
7411 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7412
7413 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7414 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7415 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7416
7417 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7418
7419 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7420 if (retval == NULL)
7421 retval = new_b;
7422 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7423 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7424 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7425 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7426 }
7427
7428 return retval;
7429 }
7430
7431 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7432 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7433 stack.
7434
7435 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7436 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7437 frames. */
7438
7439 void
7440 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7441 {
7442 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7443
7444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7445 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7446 {
7447 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7448
7449 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7450 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7451 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7452 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7453 continue;
7454
7455 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7456
7457 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7458 {
7459 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7460 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7461 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7462 }
7463 delete_breakpoint (b);
7464 }
7465 }
7466
7467 void
7468 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7469 {
7470 struct breakpoint *b;
7471
7472 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7473 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7474 {
7475 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7476 update_global_location_list (1);
7477 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7478 }
7479 }
7480
7481 void
7482 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7483 {
7484 struct breakpoint *b;
7485
7486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7487 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7488 {
7489 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7490 update_global_location_list (0);
7491 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7492 }
7493 }
7494
7495 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7496 master breakpoint. */
7497 void
7498 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7499 {
7500 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7501
7502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7503 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7504 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7505 {
7506 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7507 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7508 }
7509 }
7510
7511 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7512 void
7513 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7514 {
7515 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7516
7517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7518 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7519 delete_breakpoint (b);
7520 }
7521
7522 struct breakpoint *
7523 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7524 {
7525 struct breakpoint *b;
7526
7527 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7528 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7529
7530 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7531 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7532 b->addr_string
7533 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7534
7535 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7536
7537 return b;
7538 }
7539
7540 void
7541 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7542 {
7543 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7544
7545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7546 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7547 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7548 delete_breakpoint (b);
7549 }
7550
7551 struct lang_and_radix
7552 {
7553 enum language lang;
7554 int radix;
7555 };
7556
7557 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7558
7559 struct breakpoint *
7560 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7561 {
7562 struct breakpoint *b;
7563
7564 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7565 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7566 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7567 return b;
7568 }
7569
7570 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7571
7572 void
7573 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7574 {
7575 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7576
7577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7578 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7579 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7580 delete_breakpoint (b);
7581 }
7582
7583 void
7584 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7585 {
7586 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7587
7588 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7589 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7590 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7591 delete_breakpoint (b);
7592 }
7593
7594 struct breakpoint *
7595 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7596 {
7597 struct breakpoint *b;
7598
7599 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7600 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7601 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7602 return b;
7603 }
7604
7605 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7606 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7607
7608 void
7609 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7610 {
7611 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7612
7613 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7614 {
7615 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7616 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7617
7618 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7619 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7620 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7621 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7622 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7623 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7624 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7625 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7626 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7627 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7628 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7629 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7630 )
7631 {
7632 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7633 }
7634 }
7635 }
7636
7637 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7638 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7639 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7640
7641 static void
7642 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7643 {
7644 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7645 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7646
7647 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7648 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7649 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7650 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7651 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7652 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7653 return;
7654
7655 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7656 {
7657 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7658 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7659
7660 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7661 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7662 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7663 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7664 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7665 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7666 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7667 || is_tracepoint (b))
7668 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7669 {
7670 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7671 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7672 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7673 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7674 loc->inserted = 0;
7675
7676 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7677 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7678
7679 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7680 {
7681 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7682 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7683 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7684 solib->so_name);
7685 }
7686 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7687 }
7688 }
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7692 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7693 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7694
7695 static void
7696 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7697 {
7698 struct breakpoint *b;
7699
7700 if (objfile == NULL)
7701 return;
7702
7703 /* OBJF_USERLOADED are dynamic modules manually managed by the user
7704 with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file. Similarly to how
7705 breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in response to
7706 "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in OBJF_USERLOADED modules
7707 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7708 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7709 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7710 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7711 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7712 OBJF_USERLOADED (nor OBJF_SHARED) as those aren't considered
7713 dynamic objects (e.g. the main objfile). */
7714 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7715 return;
7716
7717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7718 {
7719 struct bp_location *loc;
7720 int bp_modified = 0;
7721
7722 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7723 continue;
7724
7725 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7726 {
7727 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7728
7729 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7730 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7731 continue;
7732
7733 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7734 continue;
7735
7736 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7737 continue;
7738
7739 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7740 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7741 continue;
7742
7743 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7744 {
7745 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7746 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7747 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7748 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7749 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7750 unmapped. */
7751
7752 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7753
7754 bp_modified = 1;
7755 }
7756 }
7757
7758 if (bp_modified)
7759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7760 }
7761 }
7762
7763 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7764
7765 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7766 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7767 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7768 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7769 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7770
7771 struct fork_catchpoint
7772 {
7773 /* The base class. */
7774 struct breakpoint base;
7775
7776 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7777 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7778 catchpoint has triggered. */
7779 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7780 };
7781
7782 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7783 catchpoints. */
7784
7785 static int
7786 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7787 {
7788 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7789 }
7790
7791 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7792 catchpoints. */
7793
7794 static int
7795 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7796 {
7797 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7798 }
7799
7800 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7801 catchpoints. */
7802
7803 static int
7804 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7805 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7806 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7807 {
7808 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7809
7810 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7811 return 0;
7812
7813 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7814 return 1;
7815 }
7816
7817 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7818 catchpoints. */
7819
7820 static enum print_stop_action
7821 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7822 {
7823 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7824 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7825 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7826
7827 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7828 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7829 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7830 else
7831 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7832 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7833 {
7834 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7835 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7837 }
7838 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7839 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7841 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7842 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7843 }
7844
7845 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7846 catchpoints. */
7847
7848 static void
7849 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7850 {
7851 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7852 struct value_print_options opts;
7853 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7854
7855 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7856
7857 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7858 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7859 readable). */
7860 if (opts.addressprint)
7861 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7862 annotate_field (5);
7863 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7864 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7865 {
7866 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7867 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7868 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7869 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7870 }
7871
7872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7873 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7874 }
7875
7876 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7877 catchpoints. */
7878
7879 static void
7880 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7881 {
7882 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7883 }
7884
7885 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7886 catchpoints. */
7887
7888 static void
7889 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7890 {
7891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7892 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7893 }
7894
7895 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7896
7897 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7898
7899 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7900 catchpoints. */
7901
7902 static int
7903 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7904 {
7905 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7906 }
7907
7908 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7909 catchpoints. */
7910
7911 static int
7912 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7913 {
7914 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7915 }
7916
7917 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7918 catchpoints. */
7919
7920 static int
7921 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7922 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7923 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7924 {
7925 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7926
7927 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7928 return 0;
7929
7930 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7931 return 1;
7932 }
7933
7934 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7935 catchpoints. */
7936
7937 static enum print_stop_action
7938 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7939 {
7940 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7941 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7942 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7943
7944 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7945 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7946 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7947 else
7948 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7949 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7950 {
7951 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7952 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7953 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7954 }
7955 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7956 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7957 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7958 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7959 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7960 }
7961
7962 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7963 catchpoints. */
7964
7965 static void
7966 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7967 {
7968 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7969 struct value_print_options opts;
7970 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7971
7972 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7973 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7974 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7975 readable). */
7976 if (opts.addressprint)
7977 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7978 annotate_field (5);
7979 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7980 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7981 {
7982 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7983 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7984 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7985 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7986 }
7987
7988 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7989 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7990 }
7991
7992 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7993 catchpoints. */
7994
7995 static void
7996 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7997 {
7998 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7999 }
8000
8001 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8002 catchpoints. */
8003
8004 static void
8005 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8006 {
8007 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8008 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8009 }
8010
8011 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8012
8013 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8014
8015 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8016 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8017 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8018 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8019 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8020
8021 struct solib_catchpoint
8022 {
8023 /* The base class. */
8024 struct breakpoint base;
8025
8026 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8027 unsigned char is_load;
8028
8029 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8030 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8031 char *regex;
8032 regex_t compiled;
8033 };
8034
8035 static void
8036 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8037 {
8038 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8039
8040 if (self->regex)
8041 regfree (&self->compiled);
8042 xfree (self->regex);
8043
8044 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8045 }
8046
8047 static int
8048 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8049 {
8050 return 0;
8051 }
8052
8053 static int
8054 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8055 {
8056 return 0;
8057 }
8058
8059 static int
8060 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8061 struct address_space *aspace,
8062 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8063 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8064 {
8065 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8066 struct breakpoint *other;
8067
8068 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8069 return 1;
8070
8071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8072 {
8073 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8074
8075 if (other == bl->owner)
8076 continue;
8077
8078 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8079 continue;
8080
8081 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8082 continue;
8083
8084 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8085 {
8086 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8087 return 1;
8088 }
8089 }
8090
8091 return 0;
8092 }
8093
8094 static void
8095 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8096 {
8097 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8098 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8099 int ix;
8100
8101 if (self->is_load)
8102 {
8103 struct so_list *iter;
8104
8105 for (ix = 0;
8106 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8107 ix, iter);
8108 ++ix)
8109 {
8110 if (!self->regex
8111 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8112 return;
8113 }
8114 }
8115 else
8116 {
8117 char *iter;
8118
8119 for (ix = 0;
8120 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8121 ix, iter);
8122 ++ix)
8123 {
8124 if (!self->regex
8125 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8126 return;
8127 }
8128 }
8129
8130 bs->stop = 0;
8131 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8132 }
8133
8134 static enum print_stop_action
8135 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8136 {
8137 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8138 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8139
8140 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8141 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8142 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8143 else
8144 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8145 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8146 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8147 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8148 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8149 print_solib_event (1);
8150 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8151 }
8152
8153 static void
8154 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8155 {
8156 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8157 struct value_print_options opts;
8158 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8159 char *msg;
8160
8161 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8162 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8163 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8164 readable). */
8165 if (opts.addressprint)
8166 {
8167 annotate_field (4);
8168 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8169 }
8170
8171 annotate_field (5);
8172 if (self->is_load)
8173 {
8174 if (self->regex)
8175 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8176 else
8177 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8178 }
8179 else
8180 {
8181 if (self->regex)
8182 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8183 else
8184 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8185 }
8186 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8187 xfree (msg);
8188
8189 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8190 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8191 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8192 }
8193
8194 static void
8195 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8196 {
8197 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8198
8199 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8200 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8201 }
8202
8203 static void
8204 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8205 {
8206 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8207
8208 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8209 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8210 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8211 if (self->regex)
8212 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8213 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8214 }
8215
8216 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8217
8218 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8219 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8220 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8221 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8222 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8223 created in an enabled state. */
8224
8225 void
8226 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8227 {
8228 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8229 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8230 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8231
8232 if (!arg)
8233 arg = "";
8234 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8235
8236 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8237 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8238
8239 if (*arg != '\0')
8240 {
8241 int errcode;
8242
8243 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8244 if (errcode != 0)
8245 {
8246 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8247
8248 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8249 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8250 }
8251 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8252 }
8253
8254 c->is_load = is_load;
8255 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8256 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8257
8258 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8259
8260 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8261 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8262 }
8263
8264 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8265 "catch unload". */
8266
8267 static void
8268 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8269 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8270 {
8271 int tempflag;
8272 const int enabled = 1;
8273
8274 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8275
8276 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8277 }
8278
8279 static void
8280 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8281 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8282 {
8283 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8284 }
8285
8286 static void
8287 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8288 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8289 {
8290 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8291 }
8292
8293 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8294 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8295 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8296 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8297 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8298
8299 struct syscall_catchpoint
8300 {
8301 /* The base class. */
8302 struct breakpoint base;
8303
8304 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8305 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8306 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8307 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8308 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8309 };
8310
8311 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8312 catchpoints. */
8313
8314 static void
8315 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8316 {
8317 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8318
8319 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8320
8321 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8322 }
8323
8324 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8325
8326 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8327 {
8328 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8329 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8330 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8331
8332 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8333 int any_syscall_count;
8334
8335 /* Count of each system call. */
8336 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8337
8338 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8339 if any catching is necessary. */
8340 int total_syscalls_count;
8341 };
8342
8343 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8344 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8345 {
8346 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8347
8348 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8349 if (inf_data == NULL)
8350 {
8351 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8352 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8353 }
8354
8355 return inf_data;
8356 }
8357
8358 static void
8359 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8360 {
8361 xfree (arg);
8362 }
8363
8364
8365 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8366 catchpoints. */
8367
8368 static int
8369 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8370 {
8371 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8372 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8373 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8374 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8375
8376 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8377 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8378 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8379 else
8380 {
8381 int i, iter;
8382
8383 for (i = 0;
8384 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8385 i++)
8386 {
8387 int elem;
8388
8389 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8390 {
8391 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8392 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8393 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8394 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8395 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8396 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8397 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8398 + vec_addr_offset);
8399 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8400 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8401 }
8402 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8403 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8404 }
8405 }
8406
8407 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8408 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8409 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8410 VEC_length (int,
8411 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8412 VEC_address (int,
8413 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8414 }
8415
8416 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8417 catchpoints. */
8418
8419 static int
8420 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8421 {
8422 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8423 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8424 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8425 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8426
8427 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8428 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8429 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8430 else
8431 {
8432 int i, iter;
8433
8434 for (i = 0;
8435 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8436 i++)
8437 {
8438 int elem;
8439 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8440 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8441 continue;
8442 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8443 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8444 }
8445 }
8446
8447 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8448 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8449 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8450 VEC_length (int,
8451 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8452 VEC_address (int,
8453 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8454 }
8455
8456 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8457 catchpoints. */
8458
8459 static int
8460 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8461 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8462 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8463 {
8464 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8465 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8466 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8467 int syscall_number = 0;
8468 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8469 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8470
8471 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8472 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8473 return 0;
8474
8475 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8476
8477 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8478 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8479 {
8480 int i, iter;
8481
8482 for (i = 0;
8483 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8484 i++)
8485 if (syscall_number == iter)
8486 return 1;
8487
8488 return 0;
8489 }
8490
8491 return 1;
8492 }
8493
8494 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8495 catchpoints. */
8496
8497 static enum print_stop_action
8498 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8499 {
8500 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8501 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8502 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8503 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8504 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8505 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8506 ptid_t ptid;
8507 struct target_waitstatus last;
8508 struct syscall s;
8509
8510 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8511
8512 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8513
8514 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8515
8516 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8518 else
8519 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8521 {
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8523 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8524 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8525 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8526 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8527 }
8528 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8529
8530 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8531 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8532 else
8533 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8534
8535 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8536 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8537 if (s.name != NULL)
8538 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8539
8540 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8541
8542 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8543 }
8544
8545 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8546 catchpoints. */
8547
8548 static void
8549 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8550 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8551 {
8552 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8553 struct value_print_options opts;
8554 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8555
8556 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8557 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8558 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8559 readable). */
8560 if (opts.addressprint)
8561 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8562 annotate_field (5);
8563
8564 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8565 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8566 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8567 else
8568 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8569
8570 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8571 {
8572 int i, iter;
8573 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8574
8575 for (i = 0;
8576 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8577 i++)
8578 {
8579 char *x = text;
8580 struct syscall s;
8581 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8582
8583 if (s.name != NULL)
8584 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8585 else
8586 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8587
8588 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8589 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8590 on every call. */
8591 xfree (x);
8592 }
8593 /* Remove the last comma. */
8594 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8595 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8596 }
8597 else
8598 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8599 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8600
8601 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8602 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8603 }
8604
8605 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8606 catchpoints. */
8607
8608 static void
8609 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8610 {
8611 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8612
8613 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8614 {
8615 int i, iter;
8616
8617 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8618 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8619 else
8620 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8621
8622 for (i = 0;
8623 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8624 i++)
8625 {
8626 struct syscall s;
8627 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8628
8629 if (s.name)
8630 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8631 else
8632 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8633 }
8634 printf_filtered (")");
8635 }
8636 else
8637 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8638 b->number);
8639 }
8640
8641 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8642 catchpoints. */
8643
8644 static void
8645 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8646 {
8647 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8648
8649 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8650
8651 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8652 {
8653 int i, iter;
8654
8655 for (i = 0;
8656 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8657 i++)
8658 {
8659 struct syscall s;
8660
8661 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8662 if (s.name)
8663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8664 else
8665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8666 }
8667 }
8668 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8669 }
8670
8671 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8672
8673 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8674
8675 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8676
8677 static int
8678 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8679 {
8680 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8681 }
8682
8683 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8684 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8685 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8686 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8687
8688 void
8689 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8690 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8691 char *cond_string,
8692 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8693 {
8694 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8695
8696 init_sal (&sal);
8697 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8698
8699 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8700
8701 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8702 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8703 }
8704
8705 void
8706 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8707 {
8708 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8709 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8710 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8711 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8712 if (!internal)
8713 mention (b);
8714 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8715
8716 if (update_gll)
8717 update_global_location_list (1);
8718 }
8719
8720 static void
8721 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8722 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8723 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8724 {
8725 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8726
8727 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8728
8729 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8730
8731 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8732 }
8733
8734 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8735
8736 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8737 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8738 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8739 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8740 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8741
8742 struct exec_catchpoint
8743 {
8744 /* The base class. */
8745 struct breakpoint base;
8746
8747 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8748 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8749 triggered. */
8750 char *exec_pathname;
8751 };
8752
8753 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8754 catchpoints. */
8755
8756 static void
8757 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8758 {
8759 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8760
8761 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8762
8763 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8764 }
8765
8766 static int
8767 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8768 {
8769 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8770 }
8771
8772 static int
8773 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8774 {
8775 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8776 }
8777
8778 static int
8779 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8780 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8781 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8782 {
8783 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8784
8785 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8786 return 0;
8787
8788 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8789 return 1;
8790 }
8791
8792 static enum print_stop_action
8793 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8794 {
8795 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8796 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8797 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8798
8799 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8800 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8801 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8802 else
8803 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8805 {
8806 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8807 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8808 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8809 }
8810 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8811 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8812 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8813 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8814
8815 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8816 }
8817
8818 static void
8819 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8820 {
8821 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8822 struct value_print_options opts;
8823 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8824
8825 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8826
8827 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8828 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8829 is relatively readable). */
8830 if (opts.addressprint)
8831 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8832 annotate_field (5);
8833 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8834 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8835 {
8836 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8838 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8839 }
8840
8841 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8842 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8843 }
8844
8845 static void
8846 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8847 {
8848 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8849 }
8850
8851 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8852 catchpoints. */
8853
8854 static void
8855 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8856 {
8857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8858 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8859 }
8860
8861 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8862
8863 static void
8864 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8865 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8866 {
8867 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8868 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8869
8870 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8871 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8872 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8873
8874 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8875 }
8876
8877 static int
8878 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8879 {
8880 int i = 0;
8881 struct breakpoint *b;
8882 struct bp_location *bl;
8883
8884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8885 {
8886 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8887 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8888 {
8889 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8890 one register. */
8891 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8892 }
8893 }
8894
8895 return i;
8896 }
8897
8898 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8899 watchpoint. */
8900
8901 static int
8902 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8903 {
8904 int i = 0;
8905 struct bp_location *bl;
8906
8907 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8908 return 0;
8909
8910 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8911 {
8912 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8913 one register. */
8914 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8915 }
8916
8917 return i;
8918 }
8919
8920 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8921 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8922 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8923 types _not_ TYPE. */
8924
8925 static int
8926 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8927 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8928 {
8929 int i = 0;
8930 struct breakpoint *b;
8931
8932 *other_type_used = 0;
8933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8934 {
8935 if (b == except)
8936 continue;
8937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8938 continue;
8939
8940 if (b->type == type)
8941 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8942 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8943 *other_type_used = 1;
8944 }
8945
8946 return i;
8947 }
8948
8949 void
8950 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8951 {
8952 struct breakpoint *b;
8953
8954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8955 {
8956 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8957 {
8958 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8959 update_global_location_list (0);
8960 }
8961 }
8962 }
8963
8964 void
8965 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8966 {
8967 struct breakpoint *b;
8968
8969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8970 {
8971 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8972 {
8973 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8974 update_global_location_list (1);
8975 }
8976 }
8977 }
8978
8979 void
8980 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8981 {
8982 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8983 update_global_location_list (0);
8984 }
8985
8986 void
8987 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8988 {
8989 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8990 breakpoint_re_set ();
8991 }
8992
8993
8994 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8995 at address specified by SAL.
8996 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8997
8998 struct breakpoint *
8999 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9000 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9001 {
9002 struct breakpoint *b;
9003
9004 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9005 tail-called one. */
9006 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9007
9008 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9009 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9010 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9011 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9012
9013 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9014 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9015 control. */
9016 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9017 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9018
9019 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
9020
9021 return b;
9022 }
9023
9024 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9025 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
9026 breakpoint_ops. */
9027
9028 static struct breakpoint *
9029 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9030 enum bptype type,
9031 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9032 {
9033 struct breakpoint *copy;
9034
9035 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9036 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9037 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9038
9039 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9040 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9041 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9042 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9043 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9044 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9045 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9046 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9047 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9048 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9049 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9050
9051 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9052 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9053 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9054
9055 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9056 return copy;
9057 }
9058
9059 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9060 ORIG is NULL. */
9061
9062 struct breakpoint *
9063 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9064 {
9065 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9066 if (orig == NULL)
9067 return NULL;
9068
9069 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
9070 }
9071
9072 struct breakpoint *
9073 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9074 enum bptype type)
9075 {
9076 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9077
9078 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9079 sal.pc = pc;
9080 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9081 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9082
9083 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9084 }
9085 \f
9086
9087 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9088
9089 static void
9090 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9091 {
9092 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9093 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9094 return;
9095 printf_filtered ("\n");
9096 }
9097 \f
9098
9099 static struct bp_location *
9100 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9101 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9102 {
9103 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9104 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9105 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9106
9107 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9108 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9109
9110 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9111 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9112 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9113 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9114 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9115 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9116 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9117 sal->pc, b->type);
9118
9119 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9120 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9121 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9122 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9123 ;
9124 loc->next = *tmp;
9125 *tmp = loc;
9126
9127 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9128 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9129 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9130 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9131 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9132 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9133 loc->section = sal->section;
9134 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9135 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9136 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9137
9138 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9139 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9140 return loc;
9141 }
9142 \f
9143
9144 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9145 return 0 otherwise. */
9146
9147 static int
9148 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9149 {
9150 int len;
9151 CORE_ADDR addr;
9152 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9153 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9154 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9155 int retval = 0;
9156
9157 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9158
9159 addr = loc->address;
9160 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9161
9162 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9163 if (bpoint == NULL)
9164 return 0;
9165
9166 target_mem = alloca (len);
9167
9168 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9169 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9170 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9171 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9172
9173 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9174 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9175
9176 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9177 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9178 retval = 1;
9179
9180 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9181
9182 return retval;
9183 }
9184
9185 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9186 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9187
9188 static void
9189 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9190 {
9191 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9192 char *printf_line = NULL;
9193
9194 if (!dprintf_args)
9195 return;
9196
9197 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9198
9199 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9200 insist on it. */
9201 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9202 ++dprintf_args;
9203 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9204
9205 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9206 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9207
9208 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9209 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9210 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9211 {
9212 if (!dprintf_function)
9213 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9214
9215 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9216 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9217 dprintf_function,
9218 dprintf_channel,
9219 dprintf_args);
9220 else
9221 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9222 dprintf_function,
9223 dprintf_args);
9224 }
9225 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9226 {
9227 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9228 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9229 else
9230 {
9231 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9232 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9233 }
9234 }
9235 else
9236 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9237 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9238
9239 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9240 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9241 {
9242 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9243 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9244
9245 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9246 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9247 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9248 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9249 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9250 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9251
9252 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9253 }
9254 }
9255
9256 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9257 current style settings. */
9258
9259 static void
9260 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9261 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9262 {
9263 struct breakpoint *b;
9264
9265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9266 {
9267 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9268 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9269 }
9270 }
9271
9272 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9273 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9274 as condition expression. */
9275
9276 static void
9277 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9278 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9279 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9280 char *extra_string,
9281 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9282 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9283 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9284 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9285 int display_canonical)
9286 {
9287 int i;
9288
9289 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9290 {
9291 int target_resources_ok;
9292
9293 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9294 target_resources_ok =
9295 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9296 i + 1, 0);
9297 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9298 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9299 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9300 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9301 }
9302
9303 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9304
9305 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9306 {
9307 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9308 struct bp_location *loc;
9309
9310 if (from_tty)
9311 {
9312 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9313 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9314 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9315
9316 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9317 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9318 }
9319
9320 if (i == 0)
9321 {
9322 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9323 b->thread = thread;
9324 b->task = task;
9325
9326 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9327 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9328 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9329 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9330 b->disposition = disposition;
9331
9332 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9333 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9334
9335 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9336 {
9337 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9338 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9339
9340 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9341 {
9342 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9343 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9344 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9345 char *endp;
9346 char *marker_str;
9347
9348 p = skip_spaces (p);
9349
9350 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9351
9352 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9353 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9354
9355 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9356 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9357 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9358 }
9359 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9360 {
9361 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9362 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9363
9364 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9365 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9366 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9367 }
9368 else
9369 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9370 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9371 }
9372
9373 loc = b->loc;
9374 }
9375 else
9376 {
9377 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9378 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9379 loc->inserted = 1;
9380 }
9381
9382 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9383 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9384
9385 if (b->cond_string)
9386 {
9387 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9388
9389 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9390 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9391 if (*arg)
9392 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9393 }
9394
9395 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9396 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9397 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9398 {
9399 if (b->extra_string)
9400 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9401 else
9402 error (_("Format string required"));
9403 }
9404 else if (b->extra_string)
9405 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9406 }
9407
9408 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9409 if (addr_string)
9410 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9411 else
9412 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9413 me. */
9414 b->addr_string
9415 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9416 b->filter = filter;
9417 }
9418
9419 static void
9420 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9421 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9422 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9423 char *extra_string,
9424 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9425 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9426 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9427 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9428 int display_canonical)
9429 {
9430 struct breakpoint *b;
9431 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9432
9433 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9434 {
9435 struct tracepoint *t;
9436
9437 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9438 b = &t->base;
9439 }
9440 else
9441 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9442
9443 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9444
9445 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9446 sals, addr_string,
9447 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9448 type, disposition,
9449 thread, task, ignore_count,
9450 ops, from_tty,
9451 enabled, internal, flags,
9452 display_canonical);
9453 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9454
9455 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9456 }
9457
9458 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9459 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9460 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9461 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9462 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9463 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9464 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9465 we take just a single condition string.
9466
9467 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9468 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9469 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9470 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9471 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9472
9473 static void
9474 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9475 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9476 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9477 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9478 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9479 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9480 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9481 {
9482 int i;
9483 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9484
9485 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9486 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9487
9488 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9489 {
9490 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9491 'break', without arguments. */
9492 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9493 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9494 : NULL);
9495 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9496 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9497
9498 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9499 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9500 addr_string,
9501 filter_string,
9502 cond_string, extra_string,
9503 type, disposition,
9504 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9505 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9506 canonical->special_display);
9507 discard_cleanups (inner);
9508 }
9509 }
9510
9511 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9512 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9513 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9514 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9515
9516 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9517 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9518
9519 static void
9520 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9521 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9522 {
9523 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9524 breakpoint. */
9525 if ((*address) == NULL
9526 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9527 {
9528 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9529 address. */
9530 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9531 {
9532 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9533 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9534 CORE_ADDR pc;
9535
9536 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9537 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9538 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9539
9540 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9541 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9542 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9543 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9544 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9545 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9546 pc = sal.pc;
9547 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9548
9549 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9550 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9551 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9552 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9553 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9554 sal.pc = pc;
9555 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9556
9557 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9558 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9559 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9560
9561 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9562 }
9563 else
9564 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9565 }
9566 else
9567 {
9568 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9569
9570 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9571 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9572 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9573 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9574
9575 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9576 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9577 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9578 && (!cursal.symtab
9579 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9580 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9581 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9582 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9583 get_last_displayed_line (),
9584 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9585 else
9586 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9587 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9588 }
9589 }
9590
9591
9592 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9593 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9594
9595 static void
9596 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9597 {
9598 int i;
9599
9600 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9601 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9602 }
9603
9604 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9605 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9606 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9607 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9608 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9609 it, etc. */
9610
9611 static void
9612 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9613 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9614 {
9615 int i, rslt;
9616 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9617 char *msg;
9618 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9619
9620 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9621 {
9622 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9623
9624 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9625
9626 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9627 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9628 associated with SAL. */
9629 if (sarch == NULL)
9630 sarch = gdbarch;
9631 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9632 NULL, &msg);
9633 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9634
9635 if (!rslt)
9636 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9637 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9638
9639 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9640 }
9641 }
9642
9643 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9644
9645 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9646 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9647 {
9648 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9649 }
9650
9651 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9652 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9653 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9654 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9655 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9656 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9657
9658 static void
9659 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9660 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9661 char **rest)
9662 {
9663 *cond_string = NULL;
9664 *thread = -1;
9665 *task = 0;
9666 *rest = NULL;
9667
9668 while (tok && *tok)
9669 {
9670 const char *end_tok;
9671 int toklen;
9672 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9673 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9674
9675 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9676
9677 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9678 {
9679 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9680 return;
9681 }
9682
9683 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9684
9685 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9686
9687 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9688 {
9689 struct expression *expr;
9690
9691 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9692 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9693 xfree (expr);
9694 cond_end = tok;
9695 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9696 }
9697 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9698 {
9699 char *tmptok;
9700
9701 tok = end_tok + 1;
9702 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9703 if (tok == tmptok)
9704 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9705 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9706 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9707 tok = tmptok;
9708 }
9709 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9710 {
9711 char *tmptok;
9712
9713 tok = end_tok + 1;
9714 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9715 if (tok == tmptok)
9716 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9717 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9718 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9719 tok = tmptok;
9720 }
9721 else if (rest)
9722 {
9723 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9724 return;
9725 }
9726 else
9727 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9728 }
9729 }
9730
9731 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9732
9733 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9734 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9735 {
9736 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9737 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9738 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9739 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9740 char *endp;
9741 char *marker_str;
9742 int i;
9743
9744 p = skip_spaces (p);
9745
9746 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9747
9748 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9749 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9750
9751 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9752 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9753 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9754
9755 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9756 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9757
9758 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9759 {
9760 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9761
9762 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9763
9764 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9765
9766 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9767 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9768
9769 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9770 }
9771
9772 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9773
9774 *arg_p = endp;
9775 return sals;
9776 }
9777
9778 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9779 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9780 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9781 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9782 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9783 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9784 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9785 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9786 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9787 was created; false otherwise. */
9788
9789 int
9790 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9791 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9792 int thread, char *extra_string,
9793 int parse_arg,
9794 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9795 int ignore_count,
9796 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9797 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9798 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9799 unsigned flags)
9800 {
9801 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9802 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9803 char *addr_start = arg;
9804 struct linespec_result canonical;
9805 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9806 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9807 int pending = 0;
9808 int task = 0;
9809 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9810
9811 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9812
9813 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9814
9815 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9816 {
9817 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9818 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9819 }
9820
9821 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9822 switch (e.reason)
9823 {
9824 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9825 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9826 return 0;
9827 break;
9828 case RETURN_ERROR:
9829 switch (e.error)
9830 {
9831 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9832
9833 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9834 error. */
9835
9836 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9837 throw_exception (e);
9838
9839 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9840
9841 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9842 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9843 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9844 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9845 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9846 return 0;
9847
9848 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9849 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9850 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9851 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9852 {
9853 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9854
9855 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9856 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9857 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9858 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9859 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9860 pending = 1;
9861 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9862 }
9863 break;
9864 default:
9865 throw_exception (e);
9866 }
9867 break;
9868 default:
9869 throw_exception (e);
9870 }
9871
9872 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9873 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9874
9875 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9876 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9877 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9878 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9879 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9880
9881 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9882 are ok for the target. */
9883 if (!pending)
9884 {
9885 int ix;
9886 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9887
9888 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9889 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9890 }
9891
9892 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9893 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9894 {
9895 int ix;
9896 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9897
9898 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9899 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9900 }
9901
9902 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9903 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9904 breakpoint. */
9905 if (!pending)
9906 {
9907 if (parse_arg)
9908 {
9909 char *rest;
9910 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9911
9912 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9913
9914 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9915 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9916 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9917 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9918
9919 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9920 &thread, &task, &rest);
9921 if (cond_string)
9922 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9923 if (rest)
9924 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9925 if (rest)
9926 extra_string = rest;
9927 }
9928 else
9929 {
9930 if (*arg != '\0')
9931 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9932
9933 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9934 if (cond_string)
9935 {
9936 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9937 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9938 }
9939 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9940 if (extra_string)
9941 {
9942 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9943 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9944 }
9945 }
9946
9947 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9948 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9949 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9950 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9951 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9952 }
9953 else
9954 {
9955 struct breakpoint *b;
9956
9957 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9958
9959 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9960 {
9961 struct tracepoint *t;
9962
9963 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9964 b = &t->base;
9965 }
9966 else
9967 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9968
9969 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9970
9971 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9972 if (parse_arg)
9973 b->cond_string = NULL;
9974 else
9975 {
9976 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9977 if (cond_string)
9978 {
9979 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9980 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9981 }
9982 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9983 }
9984 b->extra_string = NULL;
9985 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9986 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9987 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9988 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9989 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9990 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9991 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9992
9993 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9994 }
9995
9996 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9997 {
9998 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9999 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10000 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10001 }
10002
10003 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10004 breakpoint. */
10005 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10006 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10007 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10008
10009 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10010 update_global_location_list (1);
10011
10012 return 1;
10013 }
10014
10015 /* Set a breakpoint.
10016 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10017 condition, and thread.
10018 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10019 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10020 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10021
10022 static void
10023 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10024 {
10025 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10026 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10027 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10028 : bp_breakpoint);
10029 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10030 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10031
10032 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10033 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10034 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10035 else
10036 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10037
10038 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10039 arg,
10040 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10041 tempflag, type_wanted,
10042 0 /* Ignore count */,
10043 pending_break_support,
10044 ops,
10045 from_tty,
10046 1 /* enabled */,
10047 0 /* internal */,
10048 0);
10049 }
10050
10051 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10052
10053 void
10054 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10055 {
10056 CORE_ADDR pc;
10057
10058 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10059 {
10060 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10061 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10062 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10063 sal->pc = pc;
10064
10065 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10066 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10067 if (sal->explicit_line)
10068 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10069 }
10070
10071 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10072 {
10073 struct blockvector *bv;
10074 struct block *b;
10075 struct symbol *sym;
10076
10077 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10078 if (bv != NULL)
10079 {
10080 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10081 if (sym != NULL)
10082 {
10083 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10084 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10085 }
10086 else
10087 {
10088 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10089 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10090 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10091 happen in assembly source). */
10092
10093 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10094 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10095
10096 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10097
10098 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10099 if (msym.minsym)
10100 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10101
10102 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10103 }
10104 }
10105 }
10106 }
10107
10108 void
10109 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10110 {
10111 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10112 }
10113
10114 void
10115 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10116 {
10117 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10118 }
10119
10120 static void
10121 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10122 {
10123 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10124 }
10125
10126 static void
10127 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10128 {
10129 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10130 }
10131
10132 static void
10133 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10134 {
10135 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10136 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10137 stop at <line>\n"));
10138 }
10139
10140 static void
10141 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10142 {
10143 int badInput = 0;
10144
10145 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10146 badInput = 1;
10147 else if (*arg != '*')
10148 {
10149 char *argptr = arg;
10150 int hasColon = 0;
10151
10152 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10153 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10154 function/method name. */
10155 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10156 {
10157 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10158 argptr++;
10159 }
10160
10161 if (hasColon)
10162 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10163 else
10164 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10165 }
10166
10167 if (badInput)
10168 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10169 else
10170 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10171 }
10172
10173 static void
10174 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10175 {
10176 int badInput = 0;
10177
10178 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10179 badInput = 1;
10180 else
10181 {
10182 char *argptr = arg;
10183 int hasColon = 0;
10184
10185 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10186 it is probably a line number. */
10187 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10188 {
10189 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10190 argptr++;
10191 }
10192
10193 if (hasColon)
10194 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10195 else
10196 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10197 }
10198
10199 if (badInput)
10200 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10201 else
10202 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10203 }
10204
10205 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10206 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10207 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10208 line. */
10209
10210 static void
10211 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10212 {
10213 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10214 arg,
10215 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10216 0, bp_dprintf,
10217 0 /* Ignore count */,
10218 pending_break_support,
10219 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10220 from_tty,
10221 1 /* enabled */,
10222 0 /* internal */,
10223 0);
10224 }
10225
10226 static void
10227 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10228 {
10229 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10230 }
10231
10232 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10233 ranged breakpoints. */
10234
10235 static int
10236 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10237 struct address_space *aspace,
10238 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10239 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10240 {
10241 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10242 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10243 return 0;
10244
10245 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10246 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10247 }
10248
10249 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10250 ranged breakpoints. */
10251
10252 static int
10253 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10254 {
10255 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10256 }
10257
10258 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10259 ranged breakpoints. */
10260
10261 static enum print_stop_action
10262 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10263 {
10264 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10265 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10266 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10267
10268 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10269
10270 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10271 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10272
10273 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10274 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10275 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10276 else
10277 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10279 {
10280 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10281 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10282 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10283 }
10284 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10285 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10286
10287 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10288 }
10289
10290 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10291 ranged breakpoints. */
10292
10293 static void
10294 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10295 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10296 {
10297 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10298 struct value_print_options opts;
10299 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10300
10301 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10302 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10303
10304 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10305
10306 if (opts.addressprint)
10307 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10308 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10309 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10310 annotate_field (5);
10311 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10312 *last_loc = bl;
10313 }
10314
10315 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10316 ranged breakpoints. */
10317
10318 static void
10319 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10320 struct ui_out *uiout)
10321 {
10322 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10323 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10324 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10325 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10326
10327 gdb_assert (bl);
10328
10329 address_start = bl->address;
10330 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10331
10332 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10333 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10334 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10335 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10336 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10337 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10338
10339 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10340 }
10341
10342 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10343 ranged breakpoints. */
10344
10345 static void
10346 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10347 {
10348 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10349 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10350
10351 gdb_assert (bl);
10352 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10353
10354 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10355 return;
10356
10357 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10358 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10359 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10360 }
10361
10362 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10363 ranged breakpoints. */
10364
10365 static void
10366 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10367 {
10368 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10369 b->addr_string_range_end);
10370 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10371 }
10372
10373 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10374
10375 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10376
10377 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10378 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10379 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10380 last instruction of the given line. */
10381
10382 static CORE_ADDR
10383 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10384 {
10385 CORE_ADDR end;
10386
10387 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10388 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10389 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10390 end = sal.pc;
10391 else
10392 {
10393 int ret;
10394 CORE_ADDR start;
10395
10396 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10397 if (!ret)
10398 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10399
10400 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10401 end--;
10402 }
10403
10404 return end;
10405 }
10406
10407 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10408
10409 static void
10410 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10411 {
10412 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10413 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10414 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10415 CORE_ADDR end;
10416 struct breakpoint *b;
10417 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10418 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10419 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10420
10421 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10422 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10423 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10424
10425 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10426 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10427 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10428 bp_count, 0);
10429 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10430 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10431
10432 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10433 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10434 error(_("No address range specified."));
10435
10436 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10437
10438 arg_start = arg;
10439 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10440
10441 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10442
10443 if (arg[0] != ',')
10444 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10445 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10446 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10447
10448 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10449
10450 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10451 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10452 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10453
10454 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10455 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10456 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10457
10458 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10459 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10460
10461 /* Parse the end location. */
10462
10463 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10464 arg_start = arg;
10465
10466 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10467 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10468 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10469 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10470 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10471 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10472 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10473 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10474
10475 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10476
10477 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10478 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10479
10480 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10481 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10482 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10483 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10484
10485 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10486 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10487 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10488
10489 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10490 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10491 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10492
10493 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10494 if (length < 0)
10495 /* Length overflowed. */
10496 error (_("Address range too large."));
10497 else if (length == 1)
10498 {
10499 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10500 the `hbreak' command. */
10501 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10502
10503 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10504
10505 return;
10506 }
10507
10508 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10509 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10510 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10511 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10512 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10513 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10514 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10515 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10516 b->loc->length = length;
10517
10518 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10519
10520 mention (b);
10521 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10522 update_global_location_list (1);
10523 }
10524
10525 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10526 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10527 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10528 zero. */
10529
10530 static int
10531 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10532 {
10533 int i = exp->nelts;
10534
10535 while (i > 0)
10536 {
10537 int oplenp, argsp;
10538
10539 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10540 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10541 i -= oplenp;
10542
10543 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10544 {
10545 case BINOP_ADD:
10546 case BINOP_SUB:
10547 case BINOP_MUL:
10548 case BINOP_DIV:
10549 case BINOP_REM:
10550 case BINOP_MOD:
10551 case BINOP_LSH:
10552 case BINOP_RSH:
10553 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10554 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10555 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10556 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10557 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10558 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10559 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10560 case BINOP_LESS:
10561 case BINOP_GTR:
10562 case BINOP_LEQ:
10563 case BINOP_GEQ:
10564 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10565 case BINOP_COMMA:
10566 case BINOP_EXP:
10567 case BINOP_MIN:
10568 case BINOP_MAX:
10569 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10570 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10571 case BINOP_IN:
10572 case BINOP_RANGE:
10573 case TERNOP_COND:
10574 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10575
10576 case OP_LONG:
10577 case OP_DOUBLE:
10578 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10579 case OP_LAST:
10580 case OP_COMPLEX:
10581 case OP_STRING:
10582 case OP_ARRAY:
10583 case OP_TYPE:
10584 case OP_TYPEOF:
10585 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10586 case OP_TYPEID:
10587 case OP_NAME:
10588 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10589
10590 case UNOP_NEG:
10591 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10592 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10593 case UNOP_ADDR:
10594 case UNOP_HIGH:
10595 case UNOP_CAST:
10596
10597 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10598 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10599 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10600 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10601 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10602 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10603 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10604
10605 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10606 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10607 ADDR is. */
10608 break;
10609
10610 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10611 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10612
10613 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10614 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10615 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10616 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10617
10618 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10619 are always constant. */
10620 {
10621 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10622
10623 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10624 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10625 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10626 return 0;
10627 break;
10628 }
10629
10630 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10631 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10632 then it is not a constant. */
10633 default:
10634 return 0;
10635 }
10636 }
10637
10638 return 1;
10639 }
10640
10641 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10642
10643 static void
10644 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10645 {
10646 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10647
10648 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10649 xfree (w->exp);
10650 xfree (w->exp_string);
10651 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10652 value_free (w->val);
10653
10654 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10655 }
10656
10657 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10658
10659 static void
10660 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10661 {
10662 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10663
10664 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10665 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10666
10667 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10668 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10669 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10670 are loaded and unloaded.
10671
10672 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10673 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10674 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10675 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10676 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10677 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10678
10679 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10680 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10681 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10682 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10683
10684 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10685 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10686
10687 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10688 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10689 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10690 }
10691
10692 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10693
10694 static int
10695 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10696 {
10697 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10698 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10699
10700 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10701 w->cond_exp);
10702 }
10703
10704 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10705
10706 static int
10707 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10708 {
10709 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10710 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10711
10712 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10713 w->cond_exp);
10714 }
10715
10716 static int
10717 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10718 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10719 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10720 {
10721 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10722 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10723
10724 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10725 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10726 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10727 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10728 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10729 (did not match the data address). */
10730 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10731 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10732 return 0;
10733
10734 return 1;
10735 }
10736
10737 static void
10738 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10739 {
10740 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10741
10742 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10743 }
10744
10745 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10746 hardware watchpoints. */
10747
10748 static int
10749 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10750 {
10751 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10752 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10753
10754 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10755 }
10756
10757 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10758 hardware watchpoints. */
10759
10760 static int
10761 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10762 {
10763 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10764 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10765 }
10766
10767 static enum print_stop_action
10768 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10769 {
10770 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10771 struct breakpoint *b;
10772 struct ui_file *stb;
10773 enum print_stop_action result;
10774 struct watchpoint *w;
10775 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10776
10777 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10778
10779 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10780 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10781
10782 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10783 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10784
10785 switch (b->type)
10786 {
10787 case bp_watchpoint:
10788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10789 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10791 ui_out_field_string
10792 (uiout, "reason",
10793 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10794 mention (b);
10795 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10796 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10797 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10798 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10799 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10800 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10801 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10802 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10803 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10804 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10805 break;
10806
10807 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10808 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10809 ui_out_field_string
10810 (uiout, "reason",
10811 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10812 mention (b);
10813 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10814 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10815 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10816 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10817 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10818 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10819 break;
10820
10821 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10822 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10823 {
10824 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10826 ui_out_field_string
10827 (uiout, "reason",
10828 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10829 mention (b);
10830 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10831 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10832 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10833 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10834 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10835 }
10836 else
10837 {
10838 mention (b);
10839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10840 ui_out_field_string
10841 (uiout, "reason",
10842 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10843 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10844 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10845 }
10846 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10847 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10848 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10849 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10850 break;
10851 default:
10852 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10853 }
10854
10855 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10856 return result;
10857 }
10858
10859 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10860 watchpoints. */
10861
10862 static void
10863 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10864 {
10865 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10866 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10867 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10868
10869 switch (b->type)
10870 {
10871 case bp_watchpoint:
10872 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10873 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10874 break;
10875 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10876 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10877 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10878 break;
10879 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10880 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10881 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10882 break;
10883 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10884 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10885 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10886 break;
10887 default:
10888 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10889 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10890 }
10891
10892 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10893 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10894 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10895 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10896 }
10897
10898 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10899 watchpoints. */
10900
10901 static void
10902 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10903 {
10904 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10905
10906 switch (b->type)
10907 {
10908 case bp_watchpoint:
10909 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10911 break;
10912 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10914 break;
10915 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10917 break;
10918 default:
10919 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10920 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10921 }
10922
10923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10924 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10925 }
10926
10927 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10928 watchpoints. */
10929
10930 static int
10931 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10932 {
10933 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10934 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10935 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10936 return 0;
10937
10938 return 1;
10939 }
10940
10941 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10942
10943 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10944
10945 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10946 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10947
10948 static int
10949 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10950 {
10951 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10952
10953 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10954 bl->watchpoint_type);
10955 }
10956
10957 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10958 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10959
10960 static int
10961 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10962 {
10963 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10964
10965 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10966 bl->watchpoint_type);
10967 }
10968
10969 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10970 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10971
10972 static int
10973 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10974 {
10975 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10976
10977 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10978 }
10979
10980 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10981 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10982
10983 static int
10984 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10985 {
10986 return 0;
10987 }
10988
10989 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10990 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10991
10992 static enum print_stop_action
10993 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10994 {
10995 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10996 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10997
10998 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10999 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11000
11001 switch (b->type)
11002 {
11003 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11004 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11005 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11006 ui_out_field_string
11007 (uiout, "reason",
11008 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11009 break;
11010
11011 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11012 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11013 ui_out_field_string
11014 (uiout, "reason",
11015 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11016 break;
11017
11018 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11020 ui_out_field_string
11021 (uiout, "reason",
11022 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11023 break;
11024 default:
11025 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11026 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11027 }
11028
11029 mention (b);
11030 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11031 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11032 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11034
11035 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11036 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11037 }
11038
11039 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11040 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11041
11042 static void
11043 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11044 struct ui_out *uiout)
11045 {
11046 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11047
11048 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11049 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11050
11051 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11052 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11054 }
11055
11056 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11057 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11058
11059 static void
11060 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11061 {
11062 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11063 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11064 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11065
11066 switch (b->type)
11067 {
11068 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11069 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11070 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11071 break;
11072 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11073 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11074 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11075 break;
11076 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11077 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11078 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11079 break;
11080 default:
11081 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11082 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11083 }
11084
11085 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11086 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11088 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11089 }
11090
11091 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11092 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11093
11094 static void
11095 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11096 {
11097 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11098 char tmp[40];
11099
11100 switch (b->type)
11101 {
11102 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11103 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11104 break;
11105 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11107 break;
11108 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11109 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11110 break;
11111 default:
11112 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11113 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11114 }
11115
11116 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11118 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11119 }
11120
11121 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11122
11123 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11124
11125 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11126
11127 static int
11128 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11129 {
11130 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11131 }
11132
11133 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11134 hw_read: watch read,
11135 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11136 static void
11137 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11138 int just_location, int internal)
11139 {
11140 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11141 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11142 struct expression *exp;
11143 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11144 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11145 struct frame_info *frame;
11146 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11147 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11148 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11149 int toklen = -1;
11150 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11151 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11152 enum bptype bp_type;
11153 int thread = -1;
11154 int pc = 0;
11155 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11156 the hardware watchpoint. */
11157 int use_mask = 0;
11158 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11159 struct watchpoint *w;
11160 char *expression;
11161 struct cleanup *back_to;
11162
11163 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11164 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11165 {
11166 const char *value_start;
11167
11168 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11169
11170 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11171 of the arguments string. */
11172 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11173 {
11174 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11175 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11176 tok--;
11177
11178 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11179 This is the value of the parameter. */
11180 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11181 tok--;
11182 value_start = tok + 1;
11183
11184 /* Skip whitespace. */
11185 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11186 tok--;
11187
11188 end_tok = tok;
11189
11190 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11191 This is the parameter itself. */
11192 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11193 tok--;
11194 tok++;
11195 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11196
11197 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11198 {
11199 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11200 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11201 only in a specific thread. */
11202 char *endp;
11203
11204 if (thread != -1)
11205 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11206
11207 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11208 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11209
11210 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11211 thread ID. */
11212 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11213 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11214
11215 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11216 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11217 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11218 }
11219 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11220 {
11221 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11222 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11223 facility. */
11224 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11225
11226 if (use_mask)
11227 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11228
11229 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11230
11231 mark = value_mark ();
11232 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11233 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11234 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11235 }
11236 else
11237 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11238 break;
11239
11240 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11241 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11242 exp_end = tok;
11243 }
11244 }
11245 else
11246 exp_end = arg;
11247
11248 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11249 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11250 ARG. */
11251 innermost_block = NULL;
11252 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11253 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11254 exp_start = arg = expression;
11255 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11256 exp_end = arg;
11257 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11258 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11259 prettier. */
11260 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11261 --exp_end;
11262
11263 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11264 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11265 {
11266 int len;
11267
11268 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11269 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11270 len--;
11271 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11272 }
11273
11274 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11275 mark = value_mark ();
11276 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11277
11278 if (just_location)
11279 {
11280 int ret;
11281
11282 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11283 val = value_addr (result);
11284 release_value (val);
11285 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11286
11287 if (use_mask)
11288 {
11289 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11290 mask);
11291 if (ret == -1)
11292 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11293 else if (ret == -2)
11294 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11295 }
11296 }
11297 else if (val != NULL)
11298 release_value (val);
11299
11300 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11301 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11302
11303 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11304 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11305 {
11306 struct expression *cond;
11307
11308 innermost_block = NULL;
11309 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11310 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11311
11312 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11313 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11314 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11315
11316 xfree (cond);
11317 cond_end = tok;
11318 }
11319 if (*tok)
11320 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11321
11322 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11323
11324 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11325 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11326 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11327 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11328 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11329 {
11330 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11331 {
11332 scope_breakpoint
11333 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11334 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11335 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11336 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11337
11338 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11339
11340 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11341 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11342
11343 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11344 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11345
11346 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11347 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11348 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11349 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11350 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11351 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11352 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11353 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11354 scope_breakpoint->type);
11355 }
11356 }
11357
11358 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11359 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11360 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11361 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11362
11363 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11364 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11365 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11366 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11367 else
11368 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11369
11370 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11371 b = &w->base;
11372 if (use_mask)
11373 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11374 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11375 else
11376 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11377 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11378 b->thread = thread;
11379 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11380 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11381 w->exp = exp;
11382 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11383 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11384 if (just_location)
11385 {
11386 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11387 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11388 char *name;
11389
11390 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11391 name = type_to_string (t);
11392
11393 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11394 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11395 xfree (name);
11396
11397 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11398 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11399
11400 /* The above expression is in C. */
11401 b->language = language_c;
11402 }
11403 else
11404 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11405
11406 if (use_mask)
11407 {
11408 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11409 }
11410 else
11411 {
11412 w->val = val;
11413 w->val_valid = 1;
11414 }
11415
11416 if (cond_start)
11417 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11418 else
11419 b->cond_string = 0;
11420
11421 if (frame)
11422 {
11423 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11424 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11425 }
11426 else
11427 {
11428 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11429 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11430 }
11431
11432 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11433 {
11434 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11435 need to act on them together. */
11436 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11437 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11438 }
11439
11440 if (!just_location)
11441 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11442
11443 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11444 {
11445 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11446 that should be inserted. */
11447 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11448 }
11449 if (e.reason < 0)
11450 {
11451 delete_breakpoint (b);
11452 throw_exception (e);
11453 }
11454
11455 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11456 do_cleanups (back_to);
11457 }
11458
11459 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11460 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11461
11462 static int
11463 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11464 {
11465 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11466 struct value *head = v;
11467
11468 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11469 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11470 return 0;
11471
11472 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11473 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11474 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11475 hardware watchpoint.
11476
11477 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11478 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11479 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11480 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11481 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11482 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11483 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11484 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11485 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11486
11487 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11488 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11489 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11490 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11491 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11492 {
11493 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11494 {
11495 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11496 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11497 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11498 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11499 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11500 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11501 ;
11502 else
11503 {
11504 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11505 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11506 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11507
11508 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11509 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11510 middle of some value chain. */
11511 if (v == head
11512 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11513 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11514 {
11515 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11516 int len;
11517 int num_regs;
11518
11519 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11520 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11521 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11522
11523 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11524 if (!num_regs)
11525 return 0;
11526 else
11527 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11528 }
11529 }
11530 }
11531 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11532 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11533 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11534 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11535 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11536 }
11537
11538 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11539 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11540 return found_memory_cnt;
11541 }
11542
11543 void
11544 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11545 {
11546 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11547 }
11548
11549 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11550 calls watch_command_1. */
11551
11552 static void
11553 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11554 {
11555 int just_location = 0;
11556
11557 if (arg
11558 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11559 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11560 {
11561 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11562 just_location = 1;
11563 }
11564
11565 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11566 }
11567
11568 static void
11569 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11570 {
11571 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11572 }
11573
11574 void
11575 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11576 {
11577 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11578 }
11579
11580 static void
11581 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11582 {
11583 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11584 }
11585
11586 void
11587 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11588 {
11589 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11590 }
11591
11592 static void
11593 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11594 {
11595 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11596 }
11597 \f
11598
11599 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11600 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11601
11602 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11603 {
11604 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11605 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11606 int thread_num;
11607 };
11608
11609 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11610 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11611 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11612 command. */
11613 static void
11614 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11615 {
11616 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11617
11618 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11619 if (a->breakpoint2)
11620 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11621 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11622 }
11623
11624 void
11625 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11626 {
11627 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11628 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11629 struct frame_info *frame;
11630 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11631 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11632 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11633 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11634 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11635 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11636 int thread;
11637 struct thread_info *tp;
11638
11639 clear_proceed_status ();
11640
11641 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11642 this function. */
11643
11644 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11645 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11646 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11647 get_last_displayed_line ());
11648 else
11649 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11650 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11651
11652 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11653 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11654
11655 sal = sals.sals[0];
11656 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11657
11658 if (*arg)
11659 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11660
11661 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11662
11663 tp = inferior_thread ();
11664 thread = tp->num;
11665
11666 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11667
11668 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11669 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11670 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11671 that. */
11672
11673 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11674 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11675 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11676 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11677
11678 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11679 one. */
11680
11681 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11682 {
11683 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11684
11685 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11686 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11687 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11688 sal2,
11689 caller_frame_id,
11690 bp_until);
11691 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11692
11693 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11694 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11695 }
11696
11697 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11698 frame = NULL;
11699
11700 if (anywhere)
11701 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11702 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11703 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11704 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11705 else
11706 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11707 only at the very same frame. */
11708 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11709 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11710 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11711
11712 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11713
11714 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11715 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11716 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11717 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11718
11719 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11720 {
11721 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11722 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11723
11724 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11725 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11726 args->thread_num = thread;
11727
11728 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11729 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11730 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11731 xfree);
11732 }
11733 else
11734 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11735 }
11736
11737 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11738 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11739
11740 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11741 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11742 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11743 if clause in the arg string. */
11744
11745 char *
11746 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11747 {
11748 char *cond_string;
11749
11750 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11751 return NULL;
11752
11753 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11754 (*arg) += 2;
11755
11756 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11757 condition string. */
11758 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11759 cond_string = *arg;
11760
11761 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11762 string. */
11763 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11764
11765 return cond_string;
11766 }
11767
11768 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11769 process start/exit, etc. */
11770
11771 typedef enum
11772 {
11773 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11774 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11775 }
11776 catch_fork_kind;
11777
11778 static void
11779 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11780 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11781 {
11782 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11783 char *cond_string = NULL;
11784 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11785 int tempflag;
11786
11787 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11788 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11789 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11790
11791 if (!arg)
11792 arg = "";
11793 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11794
11795 /* The allowed syntax is:
11796 catch [v]fork
11797 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11798
11799 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11800 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11801
11802 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11803 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11804
11805 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11806 and enable reporting of such events. */
11807 switch (fork_kind)
11808 {
11809 case catch_fork_temporary:
11810 case catch_fork_permanent:
11811 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11812 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11813 break;
11814 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11815 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11816 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11817 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11818 break;
11819 default:
11820 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11821 break;
11822 }
11823 }
11824
11825 static void
11826 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11827 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11828 {
11829 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11830 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11831 int tempflag;
11832 char *cond_string = NULL;
11833
11834 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11835
11836 if (!arg)
11837 arg = "";
11838 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11839
11840 /* The allowed syntax is:
11841 catch exec
11842 catch exec if <cond>
11843
11844 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11845 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11846
11847 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11848 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11849
11850 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11851 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11852 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11853 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11854
11855 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11856 }
11857
11858 void
11859 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11860 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11861 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11862 char *addr_string,
11863 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11864 int tempflag,
11865 int enabled,
11866 int from_tty)
11867 {
11868 if (from_tty)
11869 {
11870 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11871 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11872 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11873
11874 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11875 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11876 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11877 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11878 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11879 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11880 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11881 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11882 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11883 enough for now, though. */
11884 }
11885
11886 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11887
11888 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11889 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11890 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11891 b->language = language_ada;
11892 }
11893
11894 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11895 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11896 static VEC(int) *
11897 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11898 {
11899 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11900 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11901
11902 while (*arg != '\0')
11903 {
11904 int i, syscall_number;
11905 char *endptr;
11906 char cur_name[128];
11907 struct syscall s;
11908
11909 /* Skip whitespace. */
11910 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11911
11912 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11913 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11914 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11915 arg += i;
11916
11917 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11918 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11919 if (*endptr == '\0')
11920 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11921 else
11922 {
11923 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11924 to a number. */
11925 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11926
11927 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11928 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11929 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11930 syscall number to be caught. */
11931 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11932 }
11933
11934 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11935 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11936 }
11937
11938 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11939 return result;
11940 }
11941
11942 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11943
11944 static void
11945 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11946 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11947 {
11948 int tempflag;
11949 VEC(int) *filter;
11950 struct syscall s;
11951 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11952
11953 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11954 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11955 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11956 this architecture yet."));
11957
11958 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11959
11960 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11961
11962 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11963 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11964 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11965 for his/her architecture. */
11966 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11967
11968 /* The allowed syntax is:
11969 catch syscall
11970 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11971
11972 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11973
11974 if (arg != NULL)
11975 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11976 else
11977 filter = NULL;
11978
11979 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11980 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11981 }
11982
11983 static void
11984 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11985 {
11986 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11987 }
11988 \f
11989
11990 static void
11991 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11992 {
11993 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11994 }
11995
11996 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11997
11998 static int
11999 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12000 {
12001 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12002 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12003 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12004 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12005
12006 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12007 return -1;
12008 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12009 return 1;
12010
12011 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12012 the number 0. */
12013 if (ua < ub)
12014 return -1;
12015 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12016 }
12017
12018 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12019
12020 static void
12021 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12022 {
12023 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12024 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12025 int ix;
12026 int default_match;
12027 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12028 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12029 int i;
12030 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12031
12032 if (arg)
12033 {
12034 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12035 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12036 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12037 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12038 default_match = 0;
12039 }
12040 else
12041 {
12042 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12043 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12044 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12045 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12046
12047 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12048 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12049 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12050 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12051 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12052 error (_("No source file specified."));
12053
12054 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12055 sals.nelts = 1;
12056
12057 default_match = 1;
12058 }
12059
12060 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12061 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12062 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12063 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12064
12065 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12066 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12067 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12068 due to optimization, all in one block.
12069
12070 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12071 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12072 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12073 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12074 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12075 to support that. */
12076
12077 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12078 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12079 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12080 breakpoint. */
12081
12082 found = NULL;
12083 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12084 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12085 {
12086 const char *sal_fullname;
12087
12088 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12089 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12090 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12091 or at default pc.
12092
12093 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12094
12095 0 1 pc
12096 1 1 pc _and_ line
12097 0 0 line
12098 1 0 <can't happen> */
12099
12100 sal = sals.sals[i];
12101 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12102 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12103
12104 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12106 {
12107 int match = 0;
12108 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12109 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12110 {
12111 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12112 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12113 {
12114 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12115 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12116 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12117 && sal.pc
12118 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12119 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12120 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12121 || loc->section == sal.section));
12122 int line_match = 0;
12123
12124 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12125 && loc->symtab != NULL
12126 && sal_fullname != NULL
12127 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12128 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12129 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12130 sal_fullname) == 0)
12131 line_match = 1;
12132
12133 if (pc_match || line_match)
12134 {
12135 match = 1;
12136 break;
12137 }
12138 }
12139 }
12140
12141 if (match)
12142 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12143 }
12144 }
12145
12146 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12147 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12148 {
12149 if (arg)
12150 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12151 else
12152 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12153 }
12154
12155 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12156 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12157 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12158 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12159 compare_breakpoints);
12160 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12161 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12162 {
12163 if (b == prev)
12164 {
12165 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12166 --ix;
12167 }
12168 }
12169
12170 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12171 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12172 if (from_tty)
12173 {
12174 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12175 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12176 else
12177 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12178 }
12179
12180 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12181 {
12182 if (from_tty)
12183 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12184 delete_breakpoint (b);
12185 }
12186 if (from_tty)
12187 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12188
12189 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12190 }
12191 \f
12192 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12193 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12194 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12195
12196 void
12197 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12198 {
12199 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12200
12201 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12202 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12203 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12204 && bs->stop)
12205 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12206
12207 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12208 {
12209 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12210 delete_breakpoint (b);
12211 }
12212 }
12213
12214 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12215 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12216 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12217 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12218 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12219 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12220
12221 static int
12222 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12223 {
12224 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12225 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12226 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12227 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12228 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12229
12230 if (a->address != b->address)
12231 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12232
12233 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12234 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12235 grouped. */
12236
12237 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12238 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12239 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12240
12241 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12242 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12243 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12244
12245 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12246 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12247 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12248
12249 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12250 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12251 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12252
12253 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12254 }
12255
12256 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12257 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12258 content of the bp_location array. */
12259
12260 static void
12261 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12262 {
12263 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12264
12265 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12266 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12267
12268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12269 {
12270 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12271
12272 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12273 continue;
12274
12275 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12276 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12277
12278 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12279 addr = bl->address - start;
12280 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12281 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12282
12283 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12284
12285 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12286 addr = end - bl->address;
12287 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12288 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12289 }
12290 }
12291
12292 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12293
12294 static void
12295 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12296 {
12297 struct breakpoint *b;
12298 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12299
12300 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12301 return;
12302
12303 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12304
12305 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12306 {
12307 struct bp_location *bl;
12308 struct tracepoint *t;
12309 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12310
12311 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12312 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12313 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12314 continue;
12315
12316 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12317 {
12318 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12319 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12320 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12321 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12322 continue;
12323
12324 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12325
12326 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12327
12328 bl->inserted = 1;
12329 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12330 }
12331 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12332 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12333 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12335 }
12336
12337 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12338 }
12339
12340 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12341
12342 static void
12343 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12344 {
12345 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12346 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12347 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12348 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12349
12350 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12351 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12352 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12353 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12354 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12355
12356 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12357 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12358 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12359 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12360 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12361 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12362 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12363 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12364 }
12365
12366 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12367 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12368 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12369 the target. */
12370
12371 static void
12372 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12373 {
12374 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12375 struct bp_location *loc;
12376 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12377 int pspace_num;
12378
12379 address = bl->address;
12380 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12381
12382 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12383 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12384 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12385 side. */
12386 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12387 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12388 return;
12389
12390 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12391 the same program space as the location
12392 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12393 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12395 {
12396 loc = *loc2p;
12397
12398 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12399 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12400 continue;
12401
12402 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12403 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12404 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12405 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12406 that have already been marked. */
12407 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12408
12409 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12410 it later on. */
12411 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12412 {
12413 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12414 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12415 }
12416 }
12417 }
12418
12419 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12420 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12421 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12422 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12423 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12424 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12425 returns true on them.
12426
12427 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12428 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12429 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12430 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12431 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12432 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12433
12434 static void
12435 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12436 {
12437 struct breakpoint *b;
12438 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12439 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12440 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12441 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12442 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12443 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12444
12445 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12446 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12447 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12448 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12449 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12450 once. */
12451 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12452 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12453 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12454 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12455
12456 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12457 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12458 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12459 unsigned old_location_count;
12460
12461 old_location = bp_location;
12462 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12463 bp_location = NULL;
12464 bp_location_count = 0;
12465 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12466
12467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12468 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12469 bp_location_count++;
12470
12471 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12472 locp = bp_location;
12473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12474 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12475 *locp++ = loc;
12476 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12477 bp_location_compare);
12478
12479 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12480
12481 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12482 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12483 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12484 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12485 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12486 location.
12487
12488 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12489 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12490
12491 locp = bp_location;
12492 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12493 old_locp++)
12494 {
12495 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12496 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12497
12498 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12499 not, we have to free it. */
12500 int found_object = 0;
12501 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12502 int keep_in_target = 0;
12503 int removed = 0;
12504
12505 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12506 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12507 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12508 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12509 locp++;
12510
12511 for (loc2p = locp;
12512 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12513 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12514 loc2p++)
12515 {
12516 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12517 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12518 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12519 place there. */
12520 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12521 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12522 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12523 {
12524 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12525 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12526 }
12527
12528 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12529 found_object = 1;
12530 }
12531
12532 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12533 have to go through updates again. */
12534 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12535
12536 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12537 if (!found_object)
12538 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12539
12540 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12541 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12542 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12543 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12544 at certain location is not inserted. */
12545
12546 if (old_loc->inserted)
12547 {
12548 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12549 it. */
12550
12551 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12552 {
12553 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12554 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12555 keep_in_target = 1;
12556 }
12557 else
12558 {
12559 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12560 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12561 remove its target-side condition. */
12562
12563 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12564 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12565 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12566 this one from the target. */
12567
12568 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12569 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12570 {
12571 for (loc2p = locp;
12572 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12573 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12574 loc2p++)
12575 {
12576 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12577
12578 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12579 {
12580 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12581 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12582 supported, but the latter are. */
12583 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12584 {
12585 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12586 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12587 }
12588
12589 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12590 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12591 unduplicated. */
12592 if (loc2 != old_loc
12593 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12594 {
12595 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12596 keep_in_target = 1;
12597 break;
12598 }
12599 }
12600 }
12601 }
12602 }
12603
12604 if (!keep_in_target)
12605 {
12606 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12607 {
12608 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12609 this location on the global list, and try to
12610 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12611 reason why we will succeed next time.
12612
12613 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12614 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12615 only after calling us. */
12616 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12617 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12618 old_loc->owner->number);
12619 }
12620 removed = 1;
12621 }
12622 }
12623
12624 if (!found_object)
12625 {
12626 if (removed && non_stop
12627 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12628 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12629 {
12630 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12631 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12632 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12633 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12634 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12635 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12636 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12637 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12638 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12639 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12640 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12641 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12642 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12643 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12644 SIGTRAP.
12645
12646 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12647 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12648
12649 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12650 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12651 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12652 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12653 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12654 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12655 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12656 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12657 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12658 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12659 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12660 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12661 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12662 thread_count.
12663
12664 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12665 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12666 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12667 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12668
12669 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12670 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12671 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12672 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12673 traps we can no longer explain. */
12674
12675 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12676 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12677
12678 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12679 }
12680 else
12681 {
12682 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12683 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12684 }
12685 }
12686 }
12687
12688 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12689 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12690 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12691 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12692 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12693 are sorted first for the same address.
12694
12695 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12696 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12697
12698 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12699 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12700 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12701 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12702 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12703 {
12704 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12705 non-NULL. */
12706 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12707 b = loc->owner;
12708
12709 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12710 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12711 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12712 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12713 `struct bp_location'. */
12714 || is_tracepoint (b))
12715 {
12716 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12717 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12718 continue;
12719 }
12720
12721 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12722 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12723 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12724 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12725 "actually inserted"));
12726
12727 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12728 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12729 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12730 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12731 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12732 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12733 else
12734 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12735
12736 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12737 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12738 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12739 {
12740 *loc_first_p = loc;
12741 loc->duplicate = 0;
12742
12743 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12744 {
12745 loc->needs_update = 1;
12746 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12747 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12748 }
12749 continue;
12750 }
12751
12752
12753 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12754 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12755 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12756 if (loc->inserted)
12757 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12758 loc->duplicate = 1;
12759
12760 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12761 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12762
12763 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12764 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12765 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12766 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12767 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12768 }
12769
12770 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12771 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12772 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12773 {
12774 if (should_insert)
12775 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12776 else
12777 {
12778 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12779 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12780 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12781 "needs_update". */
12782 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12783 }
12784 }
12785
12786 if (should_insert)
12787 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12788
12789 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12790 }
12791
12792 void
12793 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12794 {
12795 struct bp_location *loc;
12796 int ix;
12797
12798 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12799 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12800 {
12801 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12802 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12803 --ix;
12804 }
12805 }
12806
12807 static void
12808 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12809 {
12810 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12811
12812 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12813 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12814 }
12815
12816 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12817
12818 static void
12819 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12820 {
12821 bpstat bs;
12822
12823 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12824 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12825 {
12826 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12827 bs->old_val = NULL;
12828 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12829 }
12830 }
12831
12832 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12833 static int
12834 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12835 {
12836 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12837
12838 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12839 return 0;
12840 }
12841
12842 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12843 callbacks. */
12844
12845 static void
12846 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12847 {
12848 struct value_print_options opts;
12849
12850 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12851
12852 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12853 single string. */
12854 if (b->loc == NULL)
12855 {
12856 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12857 }
12858 else
12859 {
12860 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12861 {
12862 printf_filtered (" at ");
12863 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12864 gdb_stdout);
12865 }
12866 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12867 {
12868 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12869 more nicely. */
12870 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12871 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12872 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12873 b->loc->line_number);
12874 else
12875 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12876 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12877 real situation somewhat. */
12878 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12879 }
12880
12881 if (b->loc->next)
12882 {
12883 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12884 int n = 0;
12885 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12886 ++n;
12887 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12888 }
12889 }
12890 }
12891
12892 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12893
12894 static void
12895 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12896 {
12897 xfree (self->cond);
12898 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12899 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12900 xfree (self->function_name);
12901
12902 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12903 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12904 }
12905
12906 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12907 {
12908 bp_location_dtor
12909 };
12910
12911 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12912 inherit from. */
12913
12914 static void
12915 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12916 {
12917 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12918 xfree (self->cond_string);
12919 xfree (self->extra_string);
12920 xfree (self->addr_string);
12921 xfree (self->filter);
12922 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12923 }
12924
12925 static struct bp_location *
12926 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12927 {
12928 struct bp_location *loc;
12929
12930 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12931 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12932 return loc;
12933 }
12934
12935 static void
12936 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12937 {
12938 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12939 }
12940
12941 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12942 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12943
12944 static int
12945 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12946 {
12947 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12948 }
12949
12950 static int
12951 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12952 {
12953 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12954 }
12955
12956 static int
12957 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12958 struct address_space *aspace,
12959 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12960 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12961 {
12962 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12963 }
12964
12965 static void
12966 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12967 {
12968 /* Always stop. */
12969 }
12970
12971 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12972 errors. */
12973
12974 static int
12975 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12976 {
12977 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12978 }
12979
12980 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12981 errors. */
12982
12983 static int
12984 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12985 {
12986 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12987 }
12988
12989 static enum print_stop_action
12990 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12991 {
12992 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12993 }
12994
12995 static void
12996 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12997 struct ui_out *uiout)
12998 {
12999 /* nothing */
13000 }
13001
13002 static void
13003 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13004 {
13005 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13006 }
13007
13008 static void
13009 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13010 {
13011 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13012 }
13013
13014 static void
13015 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13016 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13017 enum bptype type_wanted,
13018 char *addr_start,
13019 char **copy_arg)
13020 {
13021 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13022 }
13023
13024 static void
13025 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13026 struct linespec_result *c,
13027 char *cond_string,
13028 char *extra_string,
13029 enum bptype type_wanted,
13030 enum bpdisp disposition,
13031 int thread,
13032 int task, int ignore_count,
13033 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13034 int from_tty, int enabled,
13035 int internal, unsigned flags)
13036 {
13037 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13038 }
13039
13040 static void
13041 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13042 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13043 {
13044 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13045 }
13046
13047 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13048
13049 static int
13050 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13051 {
13052 return 1;
13053 }
13054
13055 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13056
13057 static void
13058 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13059 {
13060 /* Nothing to do. */
13061 }
13062
13063 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13064 {
13065 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13066 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13067 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13068 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13069 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13070 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13071 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13072 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13073 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13074 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13075 NULL,
13076 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13077 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13078 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13079 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13080 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13081 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13082 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13083 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13084 };
13085
13086 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13087
13088 static void
13089 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13090 {
13091 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13092 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13093 {
13094 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13095 delete_breakpoint (b);
13096 return;
13097 }
13098
13099 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13100 }
13101
13102 static int
13103 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13104 {
13105 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13106 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13107 &bl->target_info);
13108 else
13109 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13110 &bl->target_info);
13111 }
13112
13113 static int
13114 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13115 {
13116 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13117 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13118 else
13119 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13120 }
13121
13122 static int
13123 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13124 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13125 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13126 {
13127 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13128 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13129 return 0;
13130
13131 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13132 aspace, bp_addr))
13133 return 0;
13134
13135 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13136 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13137 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13138 return 0;
13139
13140 return 1;
13141 }
13142
13143 static int
13144 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13145 {
13146 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13147
13148 return 1;
13149 }
13150
13151 static enum print_stop_action
13152 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13153 {
13154 struct breakpoint *b;
13155 const struct bp_location *bl;
13156 int bp_temp;
13157 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13158
13159 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13160
13161 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13162 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13163
13164 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13165 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13166 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13167 bl->address,
13168 b->number, 1);
13169 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13170 if (bp_temp)
13171 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13172 else
13173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13174 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13175 {
13176 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13177 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13179 }
13180 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13181 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13182
13183 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13184 }
13185
13186 static void
13187 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13188 {
13189 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13190 return;
13191
13192 switch (b->type)
13193 {
13194 case bp_breakpoint:
13195 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13196 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13197 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13198 else
13199 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13200 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13201 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13202 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13203 break;
13204 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13205 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13206 break;
13207 case bp_dprintf:
13208 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13209 break;
13210 }
13211
13212 say_where (b);
13213 }
13214
13215 static void
13216 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13217 {
13218 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13219 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13220 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13221 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13222 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13223 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13224 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13225 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13226 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13227 else
13228 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13229 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13230
13231 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13232 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13233 }
13234
13235 static void
13236 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13237 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13238 enum bptype type_wanted,
13239 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13240 {
13241 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13242 addr_start, copy_arg);
13243 }
13244
13245 static void
13246 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13247 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13248 char *cond_string,
13249 char *extra_string,
13250 enum bptype type_wanted,
13251 enum bpdisp disposition,
13252 int thread,
13253 int task, int ignore_count,
13254 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13255 int from_tty, int enabled,
13256 int internal, unsigned flags)
13257 {
13258 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13259 cond_string, extra_string,
13260 type_wanted,
13261 disposition, thread, task,
13262 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13263 enabled, internal, flags);
13264 }
13265
13266 static void
13267 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13268 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13269 {
13270 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13271 }
13272
13273 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13274
13275 static void
13276 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13277 {
13278 switch (b->type)
13279 {
13280 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13281 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13282 case bp_overlay_event:
13283 case bp_longjmp_master:
13284 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13285 case bp_exception_master:
13286 delete_breakpoint (b);
13287 break;
13288
13289 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13290 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13291 case bp_shlib_event:
13292
13293 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13294 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13295 case bp_thread_event:
13296 break;
13297 }
13298 }
13299
13300 static void
13301 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13302 {
13303 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13304 {
13305 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13306 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13307 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13308 objects (among other things). */
13309 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13310 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13311 }
13312 else
13313 bs->stop = 0;
13314 }
13315
13316 static enum print_stop_action
13317 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13318 {
13319 struct breakpoint *b;
13320
13321 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13322
13323 switch (b->type)
13324 {
13325 case bp_shlib_event:
13326 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13327 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13328 to shlib event" message.) */
13329 print_solib_event (0);
13330 break;
13331
13332 case bp_thread_event:
13333 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13334 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13335 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13336 break;
13337
13338 case bp_overlay_event:
13339 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13340 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13341 break;
13342
13343 case bp_longjmp_master:
13344 /* These should never be enabled. */
13345 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13346 break;
13347
13348 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13349 /* These should never be enabled. */
13350 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13351 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13352 break;
13353
13354 case bp_exception_master:
13355 /* These should never be enabled. */
13356 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13357 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13358 break;
13359 }
13360
13361 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13362 }
13363
13364 static void
13365 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13366 {
13367 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13368 }
13369
13370 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13371
13372 static void
13373 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13374 {
13375 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13376 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13377 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13378 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13379 }
13380
13381 static void
13382 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13383 {
13384 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13385 }
13386
13387 static enum print_stop_action
13388 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13389 {
13390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13391
13392 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13393 {
13394 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13395
13396 switch (b->type)
13397 {
13398 case bp_finish:
13399 ui_out_field_string
13400 (uiout, "reason",
13401 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13402 break;
13403
13404 case bp_until:
13405 ui_out_field_string
13406 (uiout, "reason",
13407 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13408 break;
13409 }
13410 }
13411
13412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13413 }
13414
13415 static void
13416 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13417 {
13418 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13419 }
13420
13421 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13422
13423 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13424 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13425
13426 static void
13427 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13428 {
13429 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13430
13431 if (tp)
13432 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13433
13434 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13435 }
13436
13437 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13438
13439 static int
13440 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13441 {
13442 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13443
13444 if (v == 0)
13445 {
13446 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13447 if needed. */
13448 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13449 bl->probe.objfile,
13450 bl->gdbarch);
13451 }
13452
13453 return v;
13454 }
13455
13456 static int
13457 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13458 {
13459 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13460 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13461 bl->probe.objfile,
13462 bl->gdbarch);
13463
13464 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13465 }
13466
13467 static void
13468 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13469 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13470 enum bptype type_wanted,
13471 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13472 {
13473 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13474
13475 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13476
13477 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13478 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13479
13480 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13481 }
13482
13483 static void
13484 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13485 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13486 {
13487 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13488 if (!sals->sals)
13489 error (_("probe not found"));
13490 }
13491
13492 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13493
13494 static void
13495 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13496 {
13497 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13498 }
13499
13500 static int
13501 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13502 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13503 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13504 {
13505 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13506 tracepoints. */
13507 return 0;
13508 }
13509
13510 static void
13511 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13512 struct ui_out *uiout)
13513 {
13514 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13515 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13516 {
13517 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13518
13519 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13520 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13521 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13522 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13523 }
13524 }
13525
13526 static void
13527 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13528 {
13529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13530 return;
13531
13532 switch (b->type)
13533 {
13534 case bp_tracepoint:
13535 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13536 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13537 break;
13538 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13539 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13540 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13541 break;
13542 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13543 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13544 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13545 break;
13546 default:
13547 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13548 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13549 }
13550
13551 say_where (b);
13552 }
13553
13554 static void
13555 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13556 {
13557 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13558
13559 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13561 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13563 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13565 else
13566 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13567 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13568
13569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13570 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13571
13572 if (tp->pass_count)
13573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13574 }
13575
13576 static void
13577 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13578 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13579 enum bptype type_wanted,
13580 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13581 {
13582 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13583 addr_start, copy_arg);
13584 }
13585
13586 static void
13587 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13588 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13589 char *cond_string,
13590 char *extra_string,
13591 enum bptype type_wanted,
13592 enum bpdisp disposition,
13593 int thread,
13594 int task, int ignore_count,
13595 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13596 int from_tty, int enabled,
13597 int internal, unsigned flags)
13598 {
13599 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13600 cond_string, extra_string,
13601 type_wanted,
13602 disposition, thread, task,
13603 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13604 enabled, internal, flags);
13605 }
13606
13607 static void
13608 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13609 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13610 {
13611 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13612 }
13613
13614 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13615
13616 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13617 static probe. */
13618
13619 static void
13620 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13621 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13622 enum bptype type_wanted,
13623 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13624 {
13625 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13626 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13627 addr_start, copy_arg);
13628 }
13629
13630 static void
13631 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13632 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13633 {
13634 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13635 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13636 }
13637
13638 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13639
13640 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13641
13642 static void
13643 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13644 {
13645 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13646
13647 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13648 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13649 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13650 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13651 resolved. */
13652 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13653 error (_("Format string required"));
13654
13655 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13656 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13657 3 - disconnect from target 1
13658 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13659
13660 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13661 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13662 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13663 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13664 it all the time. */
13665 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13666 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13667 }
13668
13669 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13670
13671 static void
13672 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13673 {
13674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13675 tp->extra_string);
13676 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13677 }
13678
13679 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13680 dprintf.
13681
13682 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13683 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13684 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13685 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13686 address are all handled. */
13687
13688 static void
13689 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13690 {
13691 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13692 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13693 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13694
13695 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13696 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13697 condition not be evaluated. */
13698 bs->stop = 0;
13699
13700 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13701 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13702 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13703 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13704 commands here throws. */
13705 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13706 bs->commands = NULL;
13707 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13708
13709 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13710
13711 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13712 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13713 list. */
13714 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13715 }
13716
13717 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13718 markers (`-m'). */
13719
13720 static void
13721 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13722 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13723 enum bptype type_wanted,
13724 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13725 {
13726 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13727
13728 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13729
13730 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13731
13732 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13733 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13734 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13735 }
13736
13737 static void
13738 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13739 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13740 char *cond_string,
13741 char *extra_string,
13742 enum bptype type_wanted,
13743 enum bpdisp disposition,
13744 int thread,
13745 int task, int ignore_count,
13746 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13747 int from_tty, int enabled,
13748 int internal, unsigned flags)
13749 {
13750 int i;
13751 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13752 canonical->sals, 0);
13753
13754 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13755 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13756 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13757 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13758 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13759 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13760
13761 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13762 {
13763 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13764 struct tracepoint *tp;
13765 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13766 char *addr_string;
13767
13768 expanded.nelts = 1;
13769 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13770
13771 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13772 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13773
13774 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13775 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13776 addr_string, NULL,
13777 cond_string, extra_string,
13778 type_wanted, disposition,
13779 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13780 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13781 canonical->special_display);
13782 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13783 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13784 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13785 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13786 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13787 corresponds to this one */
13788 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13789
13790 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13791
13792 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13793 }
13794 }
13795
13796 static void
13797 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13798 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13799 {
13800 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13801
13802 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13803 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13804 {
13805 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13806 sals->nelts = 1;
13807 }
13808 else
13809 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13810 }
13811
13812 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13813
13814 static int
13815 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13816 {
13817 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13818 }
13819
13820 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13821 structures. */
13822
13823 void
13824 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13825 {
13826 struct breakpoint *b;
13827
13828 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13829
13830 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13831 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13832 especial culprits.
13833
13834 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13835 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13836 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13837 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13838 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13839 deleted.
13840
13841 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13842 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13843 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13844 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13845 was chosen. */
13846 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13847 return;
13848
13849 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13850 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13851 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13852 {
13853 struct breakpoint *related;
13854 struct watchpoint *w;
13855
13856 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13857 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13858 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13859 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13860 else
13861 w = NULL;
13862 if (w != NULL)
13863 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13864
13865 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13866 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13867 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13868 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13869 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13870 }
13871
13872 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13873 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13874 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13875 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13876 if (bpt->number)
13877 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13878
13879 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13880 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13881
13882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13883 if (b->next == bpt)
13884 {
13885 b->next = bpt->next;
13886 break;
13887 }
13888
13889 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13890 been freed. */
13891 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13892 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13893 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13894 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13895 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13896 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13897 commands won't work. */
13898
13899 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13900
13901 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13902 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13903 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13904 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13905 might be better design to have location completely
13906 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13907 update_global_location_list (0);
13908
13909 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13910 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13911 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13912 bpt->type = bp_none;
13913 xfree (bpt);
13914 }
13915
13916 static void
13917 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13918 {
13919 delete_breakpoint (b);
13920 }
13921
13922 struct cleanup *
13923 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13924 {
13925 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13926 }
13927
13928 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13929 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13930
13931 static void
13932 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13933 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13934 void *),
13935 void *data)
13936 {
13937 struct breakpoint *related;
13938
13939 related = b;
13940 do
13941 {
13942 struct breakpoint *next;
13943
13944 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13945 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13946
13947 if (next == related)
13948 {
13949 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13950 function (related, data);
13951
13952 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13953 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13954 out. */
13955 break;
13956 }
13957 else
13958 function (related, data);
13959
13960 related = next;
13961 }
13962 while (related != b);
13963 }
13964
13965 static void
13966 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13967 {
13968 delete_breakpoint (b);
13969 }
13970
13971 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13972 delete_breakpoint. */
13973
13974 static void
13975 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13976 {
13977 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13978 }
13979
13980 void
13981 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13982 {
13983 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13984
13985 dont_repeat ();
13986
13987 if (arg == 0)
13988 {
13989 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13990
13991 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13992 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13993 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13994 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13995 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13996 {
13997 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13998 break;
13999 }
14000
14001 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14002 if (!from_tty
14003 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14004 {
14005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14006 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14007 delete_breakpoint (b);
14008 }
14009 }
14010 else
14011 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14012 }
14013
14014 static int
14015 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14016 {
14017 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14018 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14019 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14020 return 0;
14021 return 1;
14022 }
14023
14024 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14025 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14026 Null names are ignored. */
14027
14028 static int
14029 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14030 {
14031 struct bp_location *l;
14032 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14033 (int (*) (const void *,
14034 const void *)) streq,
14035 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14036
14037 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14038 {
14039 const char **slot;
14040 const char *name = l->function_name;
14041
14042 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14043 if (name == NULL)
14044 continue;
14045
14046 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14047 INSERT);
14048 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14049 returns NULL. */
14050 if (*slot != NULL)
14051 {
14052 htab_delete (htab);
14053 return 1;
14054 }
14055 *slot = name;
14056 }
14057
14058 htab_delete (htab);
14059 return 0;
14060 }
14061
14062 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14063 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14064 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14065 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14066 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14067 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14068 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14069 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14070 The heuristic is:
14071
14072 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14073 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14074 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14075 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14076 in the sources, and output a warning.
14077
14078 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14079 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14080 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14081 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14082 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14083 warning.
14084
14085 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14086 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14087 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14088 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14089 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14090 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14091 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14092 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14093 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14094
14095 static struct symtab_and_line
14096 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14097 {
14098 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14099 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14100 CORE_ADDR pc;
14101
14102 pc = sal.pc;
14103 if (sal.line)
14104 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14105
14106 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14107 {
14108 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14109 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14110 b->number,
14111 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14112
14113 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14114 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14115 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14116
14117 return sal;
14118 }
14119
14120 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14121 by string ID. */
14122 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14123 && sal.line != 0
14124 && sal.symtab != NULL
14125 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14126 {
14127 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14128
14129 markers
14130 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14131
14132 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14133 {
14134 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14135 struct symbol *sym;
14136 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14137 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14138
14139 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14140
14141 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14142 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14143
14144 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14145 "found at previous line number"),
14146 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14147
14148 init_sal (&sal2);
14149
14150 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14151
14152 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14153 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14154 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14155 if (sym)
14156 {
14157 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14158 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14159 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14160 }
14161 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14162 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14163 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14164
14165 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14166 {
14167 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14168
14169 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14170 }
14171
14172 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14174
14175 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14176 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14177
14178 xfree (b->addr_string);
14179 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14180 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14181 b->loc->line_number);
14182
14183 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14184 so. */
14185
14186 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14187 }
14188 }
14189 return sal;
14190 }
14191
14192 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14193 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14194
14195 static int
14196 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14197 {
14198 while (a && b)
14199 {
14200 if (a->address != b->address)
14201 return 0;
14202
14203 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14204 return 0;
14205
14206 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14207 return 0;
14208
14209 a = a->next;
14210 b = b->next;
14211 }
14212
14213 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14214 return 0;
14215
14216 return 1;
14217 }
14218
14219 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14220 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14221 a ranged breakpoint. */
14222
14223 void
14224 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14225 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14226 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14227 {
14228 int i;
14229 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14230
14231 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14232 {
14233 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14234 location. */
14235 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14236 update_global_location_list (1);
14237 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14238 "multiple locations found\n"),
14239 b->number);
14240 return;
14241 }
14242
14243 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14244 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14245 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14246 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14247 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14248 individual locations. */
14249 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14250 return;
14251
14252 b->loc = NULL;
14253
14254 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14255 {
14256 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14257
14258 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14259
14260 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14261
14262 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14263 old symtab. */
14264 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14265 {
14266 const char *s;
14267 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14268
14269 s = b->cond_string;
14270 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14271 {
14272 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14273 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14274 0);
14275 }
14276 if (e.reason < 0)
14277 {
14278 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14279 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14280 b->number, e.message);
14281 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14282 }
14283 }
14284
14285 if (sals_end.nelts)
14286 {
14287 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14288
14289 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14290 }
14291 }
14292
14293 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14294 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14295 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14296
14297 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14298 breakpoints. */
14299 {
14300 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14301 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14302 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14303 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14304 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14305 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14306 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14307
14308 for (; e; e = e->next)
14309 {
14310 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14311 {
14312 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14313 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14314 {
14315 for (; l; l = l->next)
14316 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14317 {
14318 l->enabled = 0;
14319 break;
14320 }
14321 }
14322 else
14323 {
14324 for (; l; l = l->next)
14325 if (l->function_name
14326 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14327 {
14328 l->enabled = 0;
14329 break;
14330 }
14331 }
14332 }
14333 }
14334 }
14335
14336 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14338
14339 update_global_location_list (1);
14340 }
14341
14342 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14343 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14344
14345 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14346 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14347 {
14348 char *s;
14349 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14350 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14351
14352 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14353 s = addr_string;
14354
14355 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14356 {
14357 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14358 }
14359 if (e.reason < 0)
14360 {
14361 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14362 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14363 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14364 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14365 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14366 state, then user already saw the message about that
14367 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14368 errors. */
14369 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14370 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14371 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14372 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14373 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14374 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14375
14376 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14377 {
14378 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14379 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14380 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14381 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14382 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14383 which approach is better. */
14384 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14385 throw_exception (e);
14386 }
14387 }
14388
14389 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14390 {
14391 int i;
14392
14393 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14394 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14395 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14396 {
14397 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14398 int thread, task;
14399
14400 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14401 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14402 &extra_string);
14403 if (cond_string)
14404 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14405 b->thread = thread;
14406 b->task = task;
14407 if (extra_string)
14408 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14409 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14410 }
14411
14412 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14413 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14414
14415 *found = 1;
14416 }
14417 else
14418 *found = 0;
14419
14420 return sals;
14421 }
14422
14423 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14424 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14425 locations. */
14426
14427 static void
14428 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14429 {
14430 int found;
14431 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14432 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14433 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14434
14435 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14436 if (found)
14437 {
14438 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14439 expanded = sals;
14440 }
14441
14442 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14443 {
14444 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14445 if (found)
14446 {
14447 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14448 expanded_end = sals_end;
14449 }
14450 }
14451
14452 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14453 }
14454
14455 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14456 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14457
14458 static void
14459 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14460 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14461 enum bptype type_wanted,
14462 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14463 {
14464 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14465 }
14466
14467 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14468 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14469 breakpoint_ops. */
14470
14471 static void
14472 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14473 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14474 char *cond_string,
14475 char *extra_string,
14476 enum bptype type_wanted,
14477 enum bpdisp disposition,
14478 int thread,
14479 int task, int ignore_count,
14480 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14481 int from_tty, int enabled,
14482 int internal, unsigned flags)
14483 {
14484 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14485 extra_string,
14486 type_wanted, disposition,
14487 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14488 enabled, internal, flags);
14489 }
14490
14491 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14492 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14493
14494 static void
14495 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14496 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14497 {
14498 struct linespec_result canonical;
14499
14500 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14501 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14502 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14503 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14504 b->filter);
14505
14506 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14507 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14508
14509 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14510 {
14511 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14512
14513 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14514 *sals = lsal->sals;
14515 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14516 contents. */
14517 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14518 }
14519
14520 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14521 }
14522
14523 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14524
14525 static struct cleanup *
14526 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14527 {
14528 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14529
14530 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14531 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14532 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14533 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14534 set_language (b->language);
14535
14536 return cleanups;
14537 }
14538
14539 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14540 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14541 Unused in this case. */
14542
14543 static int
14544 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14545 {
14546 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14547 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14548 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14549
14550 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14551 b->ops->re_set (b);
14552 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14553 return 0;
14554 }
14555
14556 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14557 void
14558 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14559 {
14560 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14561 enum language save_language;
14562 int save_input_radix;
14563 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14564
14565 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14566 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14567 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14568
14569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14570 {
14571 /* Format possible error msg. */
14572 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14573 b->number);
14574 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14575 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14576 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14577 }
14578 set_language (save_language);
14579 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14580
14581 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14582
14583 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14584
14585 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14586 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14587 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14588 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14589 }
14590 \f
14591 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14592
14593 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14594 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14595 void
14596 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14597 {
14598 if (b->thread != -1)
14599 {
14600 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14601 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14602
14603 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14604 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14605 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14606 as well. */
14607 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14608 }
14609 }
14610
14611 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14612 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14613 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14614
14615 void
14616 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14617 {
14618 struct breakpoint *b;
14619
14620 if (count < 0)
14621 count = 0;
14622
14623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14624 if (b->number == bptnum)
14625 {
14626 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14627 {
14628 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14629 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14630 bptnum);
14631 return;
14632 }
14633
14634 b->ignore_count = count;
14635 if (from_tty)
14636 {
14637 if (count == 0)
14638 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14639 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14640 bptnum);
14641 else if (count == 1)
14642 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14643 bptnum);
14644 else
14645 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14646 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14647 count, bptnum);
14648 }
14649 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14650 return;
14651 }
14652
14653 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14654 }
14655
14656 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14657
14658 static void
14659 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14660 {
14661 char *p = args;
14662 int num;
14663
14664 if (p == 0)
14665 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14666
14667 num = get_number (&p);
14668 if (num == 0)
14669 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14670 if (*p == 0)
14671 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14672
14673 set_ignore_count (num,
14674 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14675 from_tty);
14676 if (from_tty)
14677 printf_filtered ("\n");
14678 }
14679 \f
14680 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14681 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14682
14683 static void
14684 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14685 void *),
14686 void *data)
14687 {
14688 int num;
14689 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14690 int match;
14691 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14692
14693 if (args == 0)
14694 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14695
14696 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14697
14698 while (!state.finished)
14699 {
14700 char *p = state.string;
14701
14702 match = 0;
14703
14704 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14705 if (num == 0)
14706 {
14707 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14708 }
14709 else
14710 {
14711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14712 if (b->number == num)
14713 {
14714 match = 1;
14715 function (b, data);
14716 break;
14717 }
14718 if (match == 0)
14719 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14720 }
14721 }
14722 }
14723
14724 static struct bp_location *
14725 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14726 {
14727 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14728 char *p1;
14729 int bp_num;
14730 int loc_num;
14731 struct breakpoint *b;
14732 struct bp_location *loc;
14733
14734 *dot = '\0';
14735
14736 p1 = number;
14737 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14738 if (bp_num == 0)
14739 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14740
14741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14742 if (b->number == bp_num)
14743 {
14744 break;
14745 }
14746
14747 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14748 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14749
14750 p1 = dot+1;
14751 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14752 if (loc_num == 0)
14753 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14754
14755 --loc_num;
14756 loc = b->loc;
14757 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14758 ;
14759 if (!loc)
14760 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14761
14762 return loc;
14763 }
14764
14765
14766 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14767 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14768 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14769
14770 void
14771 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14772 {
14773 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14774 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14775 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14776 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14777 return;
14778
14779 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14780 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14781 return;
14782
14783 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14784
14785 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14786 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14787
14788 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14789 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14790 {
14791 struct bp_location *location;
14792
14793 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14794 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14795 }
14796
14797 update_global_location_list (0);
14798
14799 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14800 }
14801
14802 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14803
14804 static void
14805 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14806 {
14807 disable_breakpoint (b);
14808 }
14809
14810 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14811 disable_breakpoint. */
14812
14813 static void
14814 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14815 {
14816 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14817 }
14818
14819 static void
14820 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14821 {
14822 if (args == 0)
14823 {
14824 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14825
14826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14827 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14828 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14829 }
14830 else
14831 {
14832 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14833
14834 while (num)
14835 {
14836 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14837 {
14838 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14839
14840 if (loc)
14841 {
14842 if (loc->enabled)
14843 {
14844 loc->enabled = 0;
14845 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14846 }
14847 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14848 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14849 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14850 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14851 }
14852 update_global_location_list (0);
14853 }
14854 else
14855 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14856 num = extract_arg (&args);
14857 }
14858 }
14859 }
14860
14861 static void
14862 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14863 int count)
14864 {
14865 int target_resources_ok;
14866
14867 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14868 {
14869 int i;
14870 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14871 target_resources_ok =
14872 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14873 i + 1, 0);
14874 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14875 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14876 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14877 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14878 }
14879
14880 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14881 {
14882 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14883 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14884 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14885
14886 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14887 {
14888 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14889
14890 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14891 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14892 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14893 }
14894 if (e.reason < 0)
14895 {
14896 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14897 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14898 bpt->number);
14899 return;
14900 }
14901 }
14902
14903 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14904 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14905
14906 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14907
14908 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14909 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14910
14911 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14912 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14913 {
14914 struct bp_location *location;
14915
14916 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14917 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14918 }
14919
14920 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14921 bpt->enable_count = count;
14922 update_global_location_list (1);
14923
14924 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14925 }
14926
14927
14928 void
14929 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14930 {
14931 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14932 }
14933
14934 static void
14935 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14936 {
14937 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14938 }
14939
14940 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14941 enable_breakpoint. */
14942
14943 static void
14944 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14945 {
14946 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14947 }
14948
14949 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14950 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14951 in stopping the inferior. */
14952
14953 static void
14954 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14955 {
14956 if (args == 0)
14957 {
14958 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14959
14960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14961 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14962 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14963 }
14964 else
14965 {
14966 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14967
14968 while (num)
14969 {
14970 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14971 {
14972 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14973
14974 if (loc)
14975 {
14976 if (!loc->enabled)
14977 {
14978 loc->enabled = 1;
14979 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14980 }
14981 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14982 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14983 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14984 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14985 }
14986 update_global_location_list (1);
14987 }
14988 else
14989 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14990 num = extract_arg (&args);
14991 }
14992 }
14993 }
14994
14995 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14996 breakpoints. */
14997
14998 struct disp_data
14999 {
15000 enum bpdisp disp;
15001 int count;
15002 };
15003
15004 static void
15005 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15006 {
15007 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15008
15009 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15010 }
15011
15012 static void
15013 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15014 {
15015 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15016
15017 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15018 }
15019
15020 static void
15021 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15022 {
15023 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15024 }
15025
15026 static void
15027 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15028 {
15029 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15030
15031 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15032 }
15033
15034 static void
15035 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15036 {
15037 int count = get_number (&args);
15038
15039 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15040 }
15041
15042 static void
15043 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15044 {
15045 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15046
15047 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15048 }
15049
15050 static void
15051 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15052 {
15053 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15054 }
15055 \f
15056 static void
15057 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15058 {
15059 }
15060
15061 static void
15062 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15063 {
15064 }
15065
15066 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15067 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15068 GDB itself. */
15069
15070 static void
15071 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15072 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15073 const bfd_byte *data)
15074 {
15075 struct breakpoint *bp;
15076
15077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15078 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15079 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15080 {
15081 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15082
15083 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15084 {
15085 struct bp_location *loc;
15086
15087 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15088 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15089 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15090 && addr + len > loc->address)
15091 {
15092 value_free (wp->val);
15093 wp->val = NULL;
15094 wp->val_valid = 0;
15095 }
15096 }
15097 }
15098 }
15099
15100 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15101 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15102 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15103 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15104 someday. */
15105
15106 void *
15107 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15108 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15109 {
15110 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15111
15112 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15113
15114 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15115 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15116
15117 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15118 {
15119 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15120 xfree (bp_tgt);
15121 return NULL;
15122 }
15123
15124 return bp_tgt;
15125 }
15126
15127 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15128 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15129
15130 int
15131 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15132 {
15133 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15134 int ret;
15135
15136 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15137 xfree (bp_tgt);
15138
15139 return ret;
15140 }
15141
15142 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15143
15144 void
15145 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15146 struct address_space *aspace,
15147 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15148 {
15149 void **bpt_p;
15150
15151 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15152 {
15153 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15154 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15155 }
15156 else
15157 {
15158 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15159 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15160 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15161 }
15162
15163 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15164 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15165 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15166 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15167 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15168 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15169
15170 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15171 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15172 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15173 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15174 }
15175
15176 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15177 were inserted or not. */
15178
15179 int
15180 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15181 {
15182 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15183 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15184 }
15185
15186 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15187
15188 void
15189 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15190 {
15191 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15192
15193 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15194 call. */
15195 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15196 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15197 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15198 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15199
15200 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15201 {
15202 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15203 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15204 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15205 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15206 }
15207 }
15208
15209 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15210 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15211 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15212 exec. */
15213
15214 void
15215 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15216 {
15217 int i;
15218
15219 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15220 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15221 {
15222 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15223 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15224 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15225 }
15226 }
15227
15228 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15229 removing them. */
15230
15231 static void
15232 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15233 {
15234 int i;
15235
15236 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15237 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15238 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15239 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15240 }
15241
15242 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15243 PC. */
15244
15245 int
15246 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15247 CORE_ADDR pc)
15248 {
15249 int i;
15250
15251 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15252 {
15253 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15254 if (bp_tgt
15255 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15256 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15257 aspace, pc))
15258 return 1;
15259 }
15260
15261 return 0;
15262 }
15263
15264 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15265 non-zero otherwise. */
15266 static int
15267 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15268 {
15269 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15270 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15271 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15272 return 1;
15273 else
15274 return 0;
15275 }
15276
15277 int
15278 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15279 {
15280 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15281 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15282
15283 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15284 }
15285
15286 int
15287 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15288 {
15289 struct breakpoint *bp;
15290
15291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15292 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15293 {
15294 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15295
15296 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15297 {
15298 int i, iter;
15299 for (i = 0;
15300 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15301 i++)
15302 if (syscall_number == iter)
15303 return 1;
15304 }
15305 else
15306 return 1;
15307 }
15308
15309 return 0;
15310 }
15311
15312 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15313 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15314 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15315 const char *text, const char *word)
15316 {
15317 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15318 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15319 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15320
15321 xfree (list);
15322 return retlist;
15323 }
15324
15325 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15326
15327 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15328 static void
15329 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15330 {
15331 tracepoint_count = num;
15332 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15333 }
15334
15335 static void
15336 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15337 {
15338 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15339 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15340
15341 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15342 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15343 else
15344 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15345
15346 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15347 arg,
15348 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15349 0 /* tempflag */,
15350 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15351 0 /* Ignore count */,
15352 pending_break_support,
15353 ops,
15354 from_tty,
15355 1 /* enabled */,
15356 0 /* internal */, 0);
15357 }
15358
15359 static void
15360 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15361 {
15362 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15363 arg,
15364 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15365 0 /* tempflag */,
15366 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15367 0 /* Ignore count */,
15368 pending_break_support,
15369 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15370 from_tty,
15371 1 /* enabled */,
15372 0 /* internal */, 0);
15373 }
15374
15375 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15376
15377 static void
15378 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15379 {
15380 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15381
15382 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15383 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15384 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15385 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15386 else
15387 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15388
15389 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15390 arg,
15391 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15392 0 /* tempflag */,
15393 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15394 0 /* Ignore count */,
15395 pending_break_support,
15396 ops,
15397 from_tty,
15398 1 /* enabled */,
15399 0 /* internal */, 0);
15400 }
15401
15402 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15403 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15404
15405 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15406 static int next_cmd;
15407
15408 static char *
15409 read_uploaded_action (void)
15410 {
15411 char *rslt;
15412
15413 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15414
15415 next_cmd++;
15416
15417 return rslt;
15418 }
15419
15420 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15421 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15422 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15423 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15424 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15425
15426 struct tracepoint *
15427 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15428 {
15429 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15430 struct tracepoint *tp;
15431
15432 if (utp->at_string)
15433 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15434 else
15435 {
15436 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15437 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15438 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15439 user. */
15440 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15441 "source location, using raw address"),
15442 utp->number);
15443 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15444 addr_str = small_buf;
15445 }
15446
15447 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15448 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15449 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15450 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15451 utp->number);
15452
15453 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15454 addr_str,
15455 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15456 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15457 0 /* tempflag */,
15458 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15459 0 /* Ignore count */,
15460 pending_break_support,
15461 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15462 0 /* from_tty */,
15463 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15464 0 /* internal */,
15465 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15466 return NULL;
15467
15468 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15469 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15470 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15471
15472 if (utp->pass > 0)
15473 {
15474 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15475 tp->base.number);
15476
15477 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15478 }
15479
15480 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15481 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15482 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15483 function. */
15484 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15485 {
15486 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15487
15488 this_utp = utp;
15489 next_cmd = 0;
15490
15491 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15492
15493 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15494 }
15495 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15496 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15497 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15498 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15499 utp->number);
15500
15501 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15502 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15503 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15504
15505 return tp;
15506 }
15507
15508 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15509 omitted. */
15510
15511 static void
15512 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15513 {
15514 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15515 int num_printed;
15516
15517 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15518
15519 if (num_printed == 0)
15520 {
15521 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15522 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15523 else
15524 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15525 }
15526
15527 default_collect_info ();
15528 }
15529
15530 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15531 Not supported by all targets. */
15532 static void
15533 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15534 {
15535 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15536 }
15537
15538 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15539 Not supported by all targets. */
15540 static void
15541 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15542 {
15543 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15544 }
15545
15546 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15547 static void
15548 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15549 {
15550 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15551
15552 dont_repeat ();
15553
15554 if (arg == 0)
15555 {
15556 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15557
15558 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15559 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15560 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15561 argument. */
15562 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15563 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15564 {
15565 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15566 break;
15567 }
15568
15569 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15570 if (!from_tty
15571 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15572 {
15573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15574 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15575 delete_breakpoint (b);
15576 }
15577 }
15578 else
15579 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15580 }
15581
15582 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15583
15584 static void
15585 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15586 {
15587 tp->pass_count = count;
15588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15589 if (from_tty)
15590 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15591 tp->base.number, count);
15592 }
15593
15594 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15595
15596 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15597 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15598 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15599
15600 static void
15601 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15602 {
15603 struct tracepoint *t1;
15604 unsigned int count;
15605
15606 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15607 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15608 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15609
15610 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15611
15612 args = skip_spaces (args);
15613 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15614 {
15615 struct breakpoint *b;
15616
15617 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15618 if (*args)
15619 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15620
15621 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15622 {
15623 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15624 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15625 }
15626 }
15627 else if (*args == '\0')
15628 {
15629 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15630 if (t1)
15631 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15632 }
15633 else
15634 {
15635 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15636
15637 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15638 while (!state.finished)
15639 {
15640 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15641 if (t1)
15642 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15643 }
15644 }
15645 }
15646
15647 struct tracepoint *
15648 get_tracepoint (int num)
15649 {
15650 struct breakpoint *t;
15651
15652 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15653 if (t->number == num)
15654 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15655
15656 return NULL;
15657 }
15658
15659 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15660 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15661 reconnecting). */
15662
15663 struct tracepoint *
15664 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15665 {
15666 struct breakpoint *b;
15667
15668 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15669 {
15670 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15671
15672 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15673 return t;
15674 }
15675
15676 return NULL;
15677 }
15678
15679 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15680 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15681 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15682 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15683
15684 struct tracepoint *
15685 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15686 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15687 {
15688 struct breakpoint *t;
15689 int tpnum;
15690 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15691
15692 if (state)
15693 {
15694 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15695 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15696 }
15697 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15698 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15699 else
15700 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15701
15702 if (tpnum <= 0)
15703 {
15704 if (instring && *instring)
15705 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15706 instring);
15707 else
15708 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15709 return NULL;
15710 }
15711
15712 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15713 if (t->number == tpnum)
15714 {
15715 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15716 }
15717
15718 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15719 return NULL;
15720 }
15721
15722 void
15723 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15724 {
15725 if (b->thread != -1)
15726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15727
15728 if (b->task != 0)
15729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15730
15731 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15732 }
15733
15734 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15735 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15736 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15737 non-zero. */
15738
15739 static void
15740 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15741 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15742 {
15743 struct breakpoint *tp;
15744 int any = 0;
15745 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15746 struct ui_file *fp;
15747 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15748
15749 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15750 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15751
15752 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15754 {
15755 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15756 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15757 continue;
15758
15759 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15760 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15761 continue;
15762
15763 any = 1;
15764
15765 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15766 {
15767 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15768
15769 /* We can stop searching. */
15770 break;
15771 }
15772 }
15773
15774 if (!any)
15775 {
15776 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15777 return;
15778 }
15779
15780 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15781 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15782 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15783 if (!fp)
15784 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15785 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15786 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15787
15788 if (extra_trace_bits)
15789 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15790
15791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15792 {
15793 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15794 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15795 continue;
15796
15797 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15798 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15799 continue;
15800
15801 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15802
15803 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15804 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15805 instead. */
15806
15807 if (tp->cond_string)
15808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15809
15810 if (tp->ignore_count)
15811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15812
15813 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15814 {
15815 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15816
15817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15818
15819 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15820 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15821 {
15822 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15823 }
15824 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15825
15826 if (ex.reason < 0)
15827 throw_exception (ex);
15828
15829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15830 }
15831
15832 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15833 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15834
15835 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15836 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15837 special, and not user visible. */
15838 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15839 {
15840 struct bp_location *loc;
15841 int n = 1;
15842
15843 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15844 if (!loc->enabled)
15845 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15846 }
15847 }
15848
15849 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15850 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15851
15852 if (from_tty)
15853 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15854 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15855 }
15856
15857 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15858
15859 static void
15860 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15861 {
15862 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15863 }
15864
15865 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15866
15867 static void
15868 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15869 {
15870 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15871 }
15872
15873 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15874
15875 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15876 all_tracepoints (void)
15877 {
15878 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15879 struct breakpoint *tp;
15880
15881 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15882 {
15883 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15884 }
15885
15886 return tp_vec;
15887 }
15888
15889 \f
15890 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15891 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15892 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15893 command. */
15894 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15895 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15896 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15897 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15898 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15899 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15900 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15901 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15902 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15903 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15904 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15905 \n\
15906 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15907 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15908 \n\
15909 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15910 conditions are different.\n\
15911 \n\
15912 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15913
15914 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15915 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15916
15917 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15918 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15919
15920 void
15921 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15922 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15923 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15924 completer_ftype *completer,
15925 void *user_data_catch,
15926 void *user_data_tcatch)
15927 {
15928 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15929
15930 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15931 &catch_cmdlist);
15932 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15933 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15934 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15935
15936 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15937 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15938 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15939 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15940 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15941 }
15942
15943 static void
15944 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15945 {
15946 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15947 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15948
15949 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15950 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15951 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15952 }
15953
15954 static void
15955 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15956 {
15957 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15958 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15959 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15960 }
15961
15962 struct breakpoint *
15963 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15964 void *data)
15965 {
15966 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15967
15968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15969 {
15970 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15971 return b;
15972 }
15973
15974 return NULL;
15975 }
15976
15977 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15978 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15979
15980 static int
15981 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15982 {
15983 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15984 non-inline function. */
15985 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15986 return 1;
15987
15988 return 0;
15989 }
15990
15991 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15992 have been inlined. */
15993
15994 int
15995 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15996 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15997 {
15998 struct breakpoint *b;
15999 struct bp_location *bl;
16000
16001 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16002 {
16003 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16004 continue;
16005
16006 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16007 {
16008 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16009 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16010 return 1;
16011 }
16012 }
16013
16014 return 0;
16015 }
16016
16017 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16018
16019 void
16020 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16021 {
16022 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16023
16024 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16025 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16026 loc->symtab = NULL;
16027 }
16028
16029 void
16030 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16031 {
16032 static int initialized = 0;
16033
16034 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16035
16036 if (initialized)
16037 return;
16038 initialized = 1;
16039
16040 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16041 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16042 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16043 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16044 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16045 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16046 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16047 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16048 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16049 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16050 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16051 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16052
16053 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16054 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16055 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16056 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16057 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16058 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16059 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16060 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16061
16062 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16063 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16064 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16065 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16066 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16067 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16068 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16069 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16070 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16071 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16072
16073 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16074 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16075 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16076 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16077 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16078 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16079 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16080
16081 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16082 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16083 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16084 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16085 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16086 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16087 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16088
16089 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16090 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16091 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16092 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16093
16094 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16095 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16096 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16097 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16098 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16099 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16100 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16101
16102 /* Watchpoints. */
16103 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16104 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16105 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16106 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16107 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16108 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16109 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16110 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16111 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16112 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16113 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16114 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16115 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16116 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16117
16118 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16119 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16120 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16121 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16122 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16123 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16124 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16125 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16126 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16127 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16128 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16129
16130 /* Tracepoints. */
16131 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16132 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16133 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16134 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16135 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16136 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16137 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16138 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16139 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16140 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16141
16142 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16143 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16144 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16145 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16146 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16147
16148 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16149 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16150 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16151 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16152 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16153 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16154
16155 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16156 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16157 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16158 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16159 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16160 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16161 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16162 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16163 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16164 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16165
16166 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16167 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16168 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16169 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16170 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16171 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16172 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16173 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16174 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16175 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16176
16177 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16178 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16179 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16180 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16181 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16182 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16183 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16184 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16185 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16186 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16187 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16188
16189 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16190 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16191 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16192 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16193 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16194 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16195 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16196 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16197 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16198 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16199 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16200
16201 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16202 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16203 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16204 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16205 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16206 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16207 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16208 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16209 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16210 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16211 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16212 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16213
16214 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16215 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16216 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16217 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16218 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16219 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16220 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16221 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16222 }
16223
16224 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16225
16226 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16227
16228 void
16229 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16230 {
16231 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16232
16233 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16234
16235 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16236 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16237 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16238 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16239
16240 breakpoint_objfile_key
16241 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16242
16243 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16244 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16245 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16246
16247 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16248 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16249 before a breakpoint is set. */
16250 breakpoint_count = 0;
16251
16252 tracepoint_count = 0;
16253
16254 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16255 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16256 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16257 if (xdb_commands)
16258 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16259
16260 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16261 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16262 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16263 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16264 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16265 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16266 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16267 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16268
16269 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16270 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16271 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16272 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16273 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16274
16275 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16276 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16277 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16278 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16279 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16280 \n"
16281 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16282 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16283
16284 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16285 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16286 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16287 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16288 \n"
16289 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16290 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16291
16292 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16293 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16294 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16295 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16296 \n"
16297 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16298 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16299
16300 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16301 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16302 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16303 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16304 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16305 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16306 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16307 if (xdb_commands)
16308 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16309 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16310 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16311 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16312 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16313 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16314
16315 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16316
16317 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16318 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16319 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16320 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16321 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16322 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16323
16324 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16325 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16326 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16327 &enablebreaklist);
16328
16329 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16330 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16331 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16332 &enablebreaklist);
16333
16334 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16335 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16336 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16337 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16338 &enablebreaklist);
16339
16340 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16341 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16342 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16343 &enablelist);
16344
16345 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16346 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16347 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16348 &enablelist);
16349
16350 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16351 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16352 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16353 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16354 &enablelist);
16355
16356 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16357 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16358 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16359 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16360 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16361 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16362 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16363 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16364 if (xdb_commands)
16365 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16366 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16367 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16368 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16369 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16370
16371 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16372 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16373 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16374 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16375 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16376 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16377 &disablelist);
16378
16379 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16380 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16381 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16382 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16383 \n\
16384 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16385 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16386 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16387 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16388 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16389 if (xdb_commands)
16390 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16391 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16392 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16393 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16394
16395 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16396 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16397 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16398 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16399 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16400 &deletelist);
16401
16402 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16403 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16404 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16405 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16406 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16407 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16408 \n\
16409 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16410 is executing in.\n\
16411 \n\
16412 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16413 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16414
16415 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16416 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16417 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16418 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16419
16420 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16421 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16422 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16423 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16424
16425 if (xdb_commands)
16426 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16427
16428 if (dbx_commands)
16429 {
16430 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16431 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16432 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16433 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16434 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16435 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16436 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16437 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16438 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16439 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16440 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16441 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16442 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16443 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16444 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16445 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16446 \n\
16447 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16448 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16449 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16450 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16451 breakpoint set."));
16452 }
16453
16454 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16455 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16456 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16457 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16458 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16459 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16460 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16461 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16462 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16463 \n\
16464 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16465 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16466 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16467 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16468 breakpoint set."));
16469
16470 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16471
16472 if (xdb_commands)
16473 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16474 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16475 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16476 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16477 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16478 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16479 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16480 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16481 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16482 \n\
16483 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16484 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16485 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16486 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16487 breakpoint set."));
16488
16489 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16490 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16491 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16492 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16493 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16494 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16495 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16496 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16497 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16498 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16499 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16500 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16501 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16502 \n\
16503 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16504 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16505 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16506 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16507 breakpoint set."),
16508 &maintenanceinfolist);
16509
16510 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16511 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16512 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16513 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16514
16515 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16516 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16517 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16518 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16519
16520 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16521 catch_fork_command_1,
16522 NULL,
16523 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16524 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16525 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16526 catch_fork_command_1,
16527 NULL,
16528 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16529 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16530 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16531 catch_exec_command_1,
16532 NULL,
16533 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16534 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16535 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16536 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16537 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16538 catch_load_command_1,
16539 NULL,
16540 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16541 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16542 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16543 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16544 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16545 catch_unload_command_1,
16546 NULL,
16547 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16548 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16549 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16550 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16551 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16552 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16553 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16554 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16555 catch_syscall_command_1,
16556 catch_syscall_completer,
16557 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16558 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16559
16560 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16561 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16562 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16563 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16564 an expression changes.\n\
16565 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16566 the memory to which it refers."));
16567 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16568
16569 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16570 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16571 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16572 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16573 an expression is read.\n\
16574 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16575 the memory to which it refers."));
16576 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16577
16578 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16579 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16580 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16581 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16582 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16583 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16584 the memory to which it refers."));
16585 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16586
16587 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16588 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16589
16590 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16591 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16592 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16593 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16594 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16595 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16596 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16597 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16598 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16599 hardware.)"),
16600 NULL,
16601 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16602 &setlist, &showlist);
16603
16604 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16605
16606 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16607
16608 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16609 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16610 \n"
16611 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16612 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16613 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16614
16615 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16616 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16617 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16618 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16619
16620 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16621 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16622 \n"
16623 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16624 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16625 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16626
16627 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16628 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16629 \n\
16630 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16631 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16632 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16633 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16634 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16635 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16636 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16637 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16638 the selected stack frame.\n\
16639 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16640 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16641 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16642 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16643 \n\
16644 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16645 \n\
16646 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16647 conditions are different.\n\
16648 \n\
16649 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16650 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16651 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16652
16653 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16654 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16655 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16656 last tracepoint set."));
16657
16658 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16659
16660 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16661 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16662 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16663 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16664 &deletelist);
16665 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16666
16667 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16668 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16669 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16670 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16671 &disablelist);
16672 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16673
16674 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16675 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16676 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16677 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16678 &enablelist);
16679 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16680
16681 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16682 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16683 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16684 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16685 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16686
16687 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16688 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16689 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16690 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16691
16692 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16693 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16694 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16695 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16696 session to restore them."),
16697 &save_cmdlist);
16698 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16699
16700 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16701 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16702 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16703 &save_cmdlist);
16704 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16705
16706 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16707 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16708
16709 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16710 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16711 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16712 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16713 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16714 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16715 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16716 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16717 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16718 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16719 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16720 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16721
16722 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16723 &pending_break_support, _("\
16724 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16725 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16726 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16727 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16728 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16729 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16730 NULL,
16731 show_pending_break_support,
16732 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16733 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16734
16735 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16736
16737 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16738 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16739 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16740 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16741 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16742 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16743 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16744 NULL,
16745 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16746 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16747 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16748
16749 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16750 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16751 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16752 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16753 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16754 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16755 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16756 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16757 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16758 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16759 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16760 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16761 NULL,
16762 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16763 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16764 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16765
16766 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16767 condition_evaluation_enums,
16768 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16769 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16770 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16771 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16772 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16773 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16774 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16775 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16776 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16777 be set to \"gdb\""),
16778 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16779 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16780 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16781 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16782
16783 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16784 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16785 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16786 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16787 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16788 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16789 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16790 or the start of the range\n\
16791 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16792 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16793 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16794 \n\
16795 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16796 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16797 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16798
16799 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16800 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16801 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16802 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16803 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16804 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16805 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16806
16807 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16808 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16809 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16810 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16811 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16812 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16813 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16814 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16815 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16816 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16817 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16818 &setlist, &showlist);
16819
16820 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16821 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16822 &dprintf_function, _("\
16823 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16824 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16825 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16826 &setlist, &showlist);
16827
16828 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16829 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16830 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16831 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16832 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16833 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16834 &setlist, &showlist);
16835
16836 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16837 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16838 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16839 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16840 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16841 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16842 NULL,
16843 NULL,
16844 &setlist, &showlist);
16845
16846 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16847 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16848 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16849
16850 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16851
16852 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16853 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16854 }
This page took 0.409187 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.